10-K
Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE

COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10-K

(Mark one)

 

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended: December 31, 2014

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from              to             

Commission file number: 0-4887

UMB FINANCIAL CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Missouri   43-0903811

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

1010 Grand Boulevard, Kansas City, Missouri   64106
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code): (816) 860-7000

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class   Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, $1.00 Par Value   The NASDAQ Global Select Market

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    x  Yes    ¨  No

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    ¨  Yes    x  No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    x  Yes    ¨  No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    x  Yes    ¨  No

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer x Accelerated filer ¨ Non- accelerated filer ¨ (Do not check if a smaller reporting company) Smaller reporting company ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    ¨  Yes    x  No

As of June 30, 2014 the aggregate market value of common stock outstanding held by nonaffiliates of the registrant was approximately $2,395,384,553 based on the NASDAQ Global Select Market closing price of that date.

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.

 

Class

  Outstanding at February 20, 2015

Common Stock, $1.00 Par Value

  45,748,796

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement to be delivered to shareholders in connection with the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on April 28, 2015, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

INDEX

 

PART I

     3   

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

     3   

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

     11   

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

     17   

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

     17   

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     18   

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

     18   

PART II

     19   

ITEM  5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

     19   

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

     20   

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     22   

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

     51   

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

     58   

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

     112   

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

     112   

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

     114   

PART III

     114   

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

     114   

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     114   

ITEM  12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

     114   

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

     115   

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

     115   

PART IV

     115   

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

     115   

SIGNATURES

     118   

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT

  

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT

  

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350 AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

  

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350 AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

  


Table of Contents

PART I

ITEM 1.  BUSINESS

General

UMB Financial Corporation (the Company) is a diversified financial holding company that is headquartered in Kansas City, Missouri. Together with its subsidiaries, the Company supplies banking services, institutional investment management, asset servicing, and payment solutions to its customers in the United States and around the globe.

The Company was organized as a corporation under Missouri law in 1967 and is registered as a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (the BHCA) and a financial holding company under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (the GLBA). The Company currently owns all of the outstanding stock of one national bank and several nonbank subsidiaries.

The Company’s national bank, UMB Bank, National Association (the Bank), has its principal office in Missouri and also has branches in Arizona, Colorado, Illinois, Kansas, Nebraska, Oklahoma, and Texas. The Bank offers a full complement of banking services to commercial, retail, government, and correspondent-bank customers, including a wide range of asset-management, trust, bank-card, and cash-management services.

The Company’s significant nonbank subsidiaries include the following:

 

   

Scout Investments, Inc. (Scout) is an institutional asset-management company that is headquartered in Kansas City, Missouri. Scout offers domestic and international equity strategies through its Scout Asset Management Division and fixed-income strategies through its Reams Asset Management Division.

 

   

UMB Fund Services, Inc. (UMBFS) is located in Milwaukee, Wisconsin, Kansas City, Missouri, Chadds Ford, Pennsylvania, and Ogden, Utah, and provides fund accounting, transfer agency, and other services to mutual fund and alternative-investment groups.

On a full-time equivalent basis at December 31, 2014, the Company and its subsidiaries employed 3,592 persons.

On December 15, 2014, the Company announced the execution of a definitive agreement to acquire Marquette Financial Companies (MFC), a privately held $1.3 billion financial-services company, in an all-stock transaction. MFC owns Meridian Bank, N.A., which has eight branches in the Phoenix area, and Meridian Bank Texas, which has five branches in Ft. Worth, Dallas, and Denton. Within Meridian Bank, N.A. are Marquette Business Credit, which provides asset-based loans for working capital, recapitalization, growth, and mergers and acquisitions, and Marquette Transportation Finance, which provides accounts-receivable financing and factoring primarily for transportation businesses, and its division, Marquette Commercial Finance. MFC also owns Marquette Asset Management, which provides private asset-management and trust services to individuals, families, and institutions. The transaction has been approved by the boards of directors of the Company and MFC and is anticipated to close in mid-2015. The Company and MFC continue to conduct business as usual while the acquisition is pending regulatory approval.

Business Segments

The Company’s products and services are grouped into four segments: Bank, Institutional Investment Management, Asset Servicing, and Payment Solutions.

These segments and their financial results are described in detail in (i) the section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis entitled Business Segments, which can be found in Part II, Item 7, pages 34 through 36, of this report and (ii) Note 12, “Business Segment Reporting,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements, which can be found in Part II, Item 8, pages 92 through 93, of this report.

 

3


Table of Contents

Competition

The Company faces intense competition in each of its business segments and in all of the markets and geographic regions that the Company and its subsidiaries serve. Competition comes from both traditional and non-traditional financial-services providers, including banks, savings associations, finance companies, investment advisors, asset managers, mutual funds, private-equity firms, hedge funds, brokerage firms, mortgage-banking companies, credit-card companies, insurance companies, trust companies, securities processing companies, and credit unions. Many of these competitors, moreover, are not subject to the same kind or degree of supervision and regulation that the Company and its subsidiaries experience.

Competition is based on a number of factors. Banking customers are generally influenced by convenience, rates and pricing, personal experience, quality and availability of products and services, lending limits, transaction execution, and reputation. Investment advisory services compete primarily on returns, expenses, third-party ratings, and the reputation and performance of managers. Asset servicing competes primarily on price, quality of services, and reputation.

Successfully competing in the Company’s chosen markets and regions also depends on the Company’s ability to attract, retain, and motivate talented employees, to invest in technology and infrastructure, and to innovate, all the while effectively managing its expenses. The Company expects that competition will only intensify in the future.

Government Monetary and Fiscal Policies

In addition to the impact of general economic conditions, the Company’s business, results of operations, financial condition, capital, liquidity, and prospects are significantly affected by government monetary and fiscal policies that are announced or implemented in the United States and abroad.

A sizeable influence is exerted, in particular, by the policies of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (FRB), which influences monetary and credit conditions in the economy in pursuit of maximum employment, stable prices, and moderate long-term interest rates. Among the FRB’s policy tools are (1) open market operations (that is, purchases or sales of securities in the open market for the purpose of adjusting the supply of reserve balances and thus achieving targeted federal funds rates or for the purpose of putting pressure on longer-term interest rates and thus achieving more desirable levels of economic activity and job creation), (2) the discount rate charged on loans by the Federal Reserve Banks, (3) the level of reserves required to be held by depository institutions against specified deposit liabilities, (4) the interest paid on balances maintained with the Federal Reserve Banks by depository institutions, including balances used to satisfy their reserve requirements, and (5) other deposit and loan facilities.

The FRB and its policies have a substantial bearing on the availability of loans and deposits, the rates and other aspects of pricing for loans and deposits, and the conditions in equity, fixed-income, currency, and other markets in which the Company and its subsidiaries operate. Policies announced or implemented by other central banks around the world have a meaningful effect as well.

Tax and other fiscal policies, moreover, impact not only general economic conditions but also give rise to incentives or disincentives that affect how the Company and its customers prioritize objectives, operate businesses, and deploy resources.

Regulation and Supervision

The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to regulatory frameworks in the United States at federal, State, and local levels. In addition, the Company and its subsidiaries are subject to the direct supervision of government authorities charged with overseeing the kinds of financial activities conducted by its business segments.

 

4


Table of Contents

This section summarizes some pertinent provisions of the principal laws that apply to the Company or its subsidiaries. The descriptions, however, are not complete and are qualified in their entirety by the full text and judicial or administrative interpretations of those laws and of other laws that affect the Company or its subsidiaries.

Overview

The Company is a bank holding company under the BHCA and a financial holding company under the GLBA. As a result, the Company and its subsidiaries—including all of its businesses and operations in the United States and abroad—are subject to the regulation, supervision, and examination of the FRB and to restrictions on permissible activities. This scheme of regulation, supervision, and examination is intended primarily for the protection and benefit of depositors and other customers of the Bank, the Deposit Insurance Fund (DIF) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC), the banking and financial systems as a whole, and the broader economy, not for the protection or benefit of the Company’s shareholders or its non-deposit creditors.

Many of the Company’s subsidiaries are also subject to separate or related schemes of regulation, supervision, and examination: for example, (1) the Bank by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) under the National Banking Acts, the FDIC under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (FDIA) , and the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB) under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Dodd-Frank Act); (2) Scout, Scout Distributors, LLC, UMBFS, UMB Distribution Services, LLC, UMB Financial Services, Inc., and Prairie Capital Management, LLC by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and State regulatory authorities under federal and State securities laws, and UMB Distribution Services, LLC and UMB Financial Services, Inc. by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) as well; and (3) UMB Insurance, Inc. by State regulatory authorities under applicable State insurance laws. These schemes, like that overseen by the FRB, are designed to protect public or private interests that often are not aligned with those of the Company’s shareholders or non-deposit creditors.

The FRB possesses extensive authorities and powers to regulate the conduct of the Company’s businesses and operations. If the FRB were to take the position that the Company or its subsidiaries have violated any law or commitment or engaged in any unsafe or unsound practice, formal or informal corrective or enforcement actions could be taken by the FRB against the Company, its subsidiaries, and institution-affiliated parties (such as directors, officers, and agents). These enforcement actions could include an imposition of civil monetary penalties and could directly affect not only the Company, its subsidiaries, and institution-affiliated parties but also the Company’s counterparties, shareholders, and creditors and its commitments, arrangements, or other dealings with them. The OCC has similarly expansive authorities and powers over the Bank and its subsidiaries, as does the CFPB over matters involving consumer financial laws. The SEC, FINRA, and other domestic or foreign government authorities also have an array of means at their disposal to regulate and enforce matters within their jurisdiction that could impact the Company’s businesses and operations.

Restrictions on Permissible Activities and Corporate Matters

Bank holding companies and their subsidiaries are generally limited, under the BHCA, to the business of banking and to closely related activities that are a proper incident to banking.

As a bank holding company that has elected to become a financial holding company under the GLBA, the Company is also able—directly or through its subsidiaries—to engage in activities that are financial in nature, that are incidental to a financial activity, or that are complementary to a financial activity and do not pose a substantial risk to the safety or soundness of depository institutions or the financial system generally. Activities that are financial in nature include (1) underwriting, dealing in, or making a market in securities, (2) providing financial, investment, or economic advisory services, (3) underwriting insurance, and (4) merchant banking.

 

5


Table of Contents

The Company’s ability to directly or indirectly engage in these banking and financial activities, however, is subject to conditions and other limits imposed by law or the FRB and, in some cases, requires the approval of the FRB or other government authorities. These conditions or other limits may arise due to the particular type of activity or, in other cases, may apply to the Company’s business more generally. An example of the former is the substantial restrictions on the timing, amount, form, substance, interconnectedness, and management of the Company’s merchant banking investments. An example of the latter is a condition that, in order for the Company to engage in broader financial activities, its depository institutions must remain “well capitalized” and “well managed” under applicable banking laws and must receive at least a “satisfactory” rating under the Community Reinvestment Act (CRA).

Under amendments to the BHCA effected by the Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994 and the Dodd-Frank Act, the Company may acquire banks outside of its home State of Missouri, subject to specified limits and may establish new branches in other States to the same extent as banks chartered in those States. Under the BHCA, however, the Company must procure the prior approval of the FRB to directly or indirectly acquire ownership or control of five percent or more of any class of voting securities of, or substantially all of the assets of, an unaffiliated bank, savings association, or bank holding company. In deciding whether to approve any acquisition or branch, the FRB, the OCC, and other government authorities will consider public or private interests that may not be aligned with those of the Company’s shareholders or non-deposit creditors. The FRB also has the power to require the Company to divest any depository institution that cannot maintain its “well capitalized” or “well managed” status.

The FRB also maintains a targeted policy that requires a bank holding company to inform and consult with the staff of the FRB sufficiently in advance of (1) declaring and paying a dividend that could raise safety and soundness concerns (for example, a dividend that exceeds earnings in the period for which the dividend is being paid), (2) redeeming or repurchasing regulatory capital instruments when the holding company is experiencing financial weaknesses, or (3) redeeming or repurchasing common stock or perpetual preferred stock that would result in a net reduction as of the end of the quarter in the amount of those equity instruments outstanding compared with the beginning of the quarter in which the redemption or repurchase occurred.

Requirements Affecting the Relationships among the Company, Its Subsidiaries, and Other Affiliates

The Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank, Scout, UMBFS, and its other subsidiaries but receives the vast majority of its revenue in the form of dividends from those subsidiaries. Without the approval of the OCC, however, dividends payable by the Bank in any calendar year may not exceed the lesser of (1) the current year’s net income combined with the retained net income of the two preceding years and (2) undivided profits. In addition, under the Basel III capital-adequacy standards described below under the heading “Capital-Adequacy Standards,” the Bank will be compelled beginning January 1, 2016, to maintain a capital conservation buffer in excess of its minimum risk-based capital ratios and will be restricted in declaring and paying dividends whenever the buffer is breached. The authorities and powers of the FRB, the OCC, and other government authorities to prevent any unsafe or unsound practice also could be employed to further limit the dividends that the Bank or the Company’s other subsidiaries may declare and pay to the Company.

The Dodd-Frank Act codified the FRB’s policy requiring a bank holding company like the Company to serve as a source of financial strength for its depository-institution subsidiaries and to commit resources to support those subsidiaries in circumstances when Company might not otherwise elect to do so. The functional regulator of any nonbank subsidiary of the Company, however, may prevent that subsidiary from directly or indirectly contributing its financial support, and if that were to preclude the Company from serving as an adequate source of financial strength, the FRB may instead require the divestiture of depository-institution subsidiaries and impose operating restrictions pending such a divestiture.

A number of laws, principally Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, also exist to prevent the Company and its nonbank subsidiaries from taking improper advantage of the benefits afforded to the Bank as a depository institution, including its access to federal deposit insurance and the discount window. These laws

 

6


Table of Contents

generally require the Bank and its subsidiaries to deal with the Company and its nonbank subsidiaries only on market terms and, in addition, impose restrictions on the Bank and its subsidiaries in directly or indirectly extending credit to or engaging in other covered transactions with the Company or its nonbank subsidiaries. The Dodd-Frank Act recently extended the restrictions to derivatives and securities lending transactions and expanded the restrictions for transactions involving hedge funds or private-equity funds that are owned or sponsored by the Company or its nonbank subsidiaries.

In addition, under amendments to the BHCA effected by the Dodd-Frank Act and commonly known as the Volcker Rule, the Company and its subsidiaries are subject to extensive limits on proprietary trading and on owning or sponsoring hedge funds and private-equity funds. The limits on proprietary trading are largely focused on purchases or sales of financial instruments by a banking entity as principal primarily for the purpose of short-term resale, benefitting from actual or expected short-term price movements, or realizing short-term arbitrage profits. The limits on owning or sponsoring hedge funds and private-equity funds are designed to ensure that banking entities generally maintain only small positions in managed or advised funds and are not exposed to significant losses arising directly or indirectly from them. The Volcker Rule also provides for increased capital charges, quantitative limits, rigorous compliance programs, and other restrictions on permitted proprietary trading and fund activities, including a prohibition on transactions with a covered fund that would constitute a covered transaction under Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act. The Company continues to assess the impact to its businesses of the final regulation implementing the Volcker Rule and to take steps to fully conform its activities to that regulation. Absent receipt of an individualized extension from the FRB, the Company and its subsidiaries must generally bring their activities into conformance by July 21, 2015 (in the case of proprietary trading and specified fund activities), or July 21, 2016 (in the case of other fund activities), although the FRB has expressed its intent to extend the latter deadline to July 21, 2017.

Additional Requirements under the Dodd-Frank Act

On an annual basis beginning in late 2013, the Company and the Bank are required under the Dodd-Frank Act to conduct forward-looking, company-run stress tests as an aid to ensuring that each entity would have sufficient capital to absorb losses and support operations during adverse economic conditions. The first disclosure of a summary of stress-test results for the Company and the Bank is expected to occur in mid-2015 based on the results of the 2014 stress tests.

Several additional requirements under the Dodd-Frank Act and related regulations apply by their terms only to bank holding companies with consolidated assets of $50 billion or more and systemically important nonbank financial companies. These requirements include enhanced prudential standards, submission to the comprehensive capital analysis and review, more stringent capital and liquidity requirements, stricter limits on leverage, early remediation requirements, resolution planning, single-counterparty exposure limits, increased liabilities for assessments to the FRB and the FDIC, and mandates imposed by the Financial Stability Oversight Council. While the Company and its subsidiaries are not expressly subject to these requirements, their imposition on global and super-regional institutions has resulted in heightened supervision of regional institutions like the Company by the FRB, the OCC, and other government authorities and in a more aggressive use of their extensive authorities and powers to regulate the Company’s businesses and operations.

Capital-Adequacy Standards

The FRB and the OCC have adopted risk-based capital and leverage guidelines that require the capital-to-assets ratios of bank holding companies and national banks, respectively, to meet specified minimum standards.

The risk-based capital ratios are based on a banking organization’s risk-weighted asset amounts (RWAs), which are generally determined under the standardized approach applicable to the Company and the Bank by (1) assigning on-balance-sheet exposures to broad risk-weight categories according to the counterparty or, if relevant, the guarantor or collateral (with higher risk weights assigned to categories of exposures perceived as representing greater risk) and (2) multiplying off-balance-sheet exposures by specified credit conversion factors

 

7


Table of Contents

to calculate credit equivalent amounts and assigning those credit equivalent amounts to the relevant risk-weight categories. The leverage ratio, in contrast, is based on an institution’s average on-balance-sheet exposures alone.

Through December 31, 2014, the Company and the Bank were subject to capital-adequacy standards that had originally been promulgated in 1989 and that are commonly known as Basel I.

Under Basel I, total qualifying capital is divided into two tiers: more loss-absorbent tier 1 capital and less loss-absorbent tier 2 capital. The maximum amount of tier 2 capital that may be included in a banking organization’s qualifying total capital is limited to 100% of its tier 1 capital.

The Company and the Bank have been required to maintain, under Basel I, a minimum total risk-based capital ratio of total qualifying capital to RWAs of 8.0%, a minimum tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of tier 1 capital to RWAs of 4.0%, and a minimum tier 1 leverage ratio of tier 1 capital to average on-balance-sheet exposures of 4.0%.

The capital ratios for the Company and the Bank as of December 31, 2014, are set forth below:

 

      Tier 1
Leverage Ratio
     Tier 1 Risk Based
Capital Ratio
     Total Risk-Based
Capital Ratio
 

UMB Financial Corporation

     8.72         13.29         14.04   

UMB Bank, n.a.

     7.63         11.68         12.43   

These capital-to-assets ratios also play a central role in prompt corrective action (PCA), which is an enforcement framework used by the federal banking agencies to constrain the activities of banking organizations based on their levels of regulatory capital. Five categories have been established using thresholds for the total risk-based capital ratio, the tier 1 risk-based capital ratio, and the leverage ratio: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized. While bank holding companies are not subject to the PCA framework, the FRB is empowered to compel a holding company to take measures—such as the execution of financial or performance guarantees—when prompt corrective action is required in connection with one of its depository-institution subsidiaries. At December 31, 2014, the Bank was well capitalized under the PCA framework.

In July 2013, the FRB and the OCC issued comprehensive revisions to the capital-adequacy standards, commonly known as Basel III, to which the Company and the Bank began transitioning on January 1, 2015, with full compliance required by January 1, 2019. Basel III bolsters the quantity and quality of capital required under the capital-adequacy guidelines, in part, by (1) imposing a new minimum common-equity tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4.5%, (2) raising the minimum tier 1 risk-based capital ratio to 6.0%, (3) establishing a new capital conservation buffer of common-equity tier 1 capital to RWAs of 2.5%, (4) amending the definition of qualifying capital to be more conservative, and (5) limiting capital distributions and specified discretionary bonus payments whenever the capital conservation buffer is breached. Basel III also enhances the risk sensitivity of the standardized approach to determining a banking organization’s RWAs and addresses other perceived weaknesses in the capital-adequacy guidelines that were identified during the recent global economic crisis. In addition, as part of their Basel III rulemaking, the federal banking agencies have made corresponding revisions to the PCA framework.

Final and proposed rules relating to Basel III include a number of more rigorous provisions applicable only to banking organizations that are larger or more internationally active than the Company and the Bank. These include, for example, a supplementary leverage ratio incorporating off-balance-sheet exposures, a liquidity coverage ratio, and a net stable funding ratio. As with the Dodd-Frank Act, these standards may be informally applied or considered by the FRB and the OCC in their regulation, supervision, and examination of the Company and the Bank.

 

8


Table of Contents

Deposit Insurance and Related Matters

The deposits of the Bank are insured by the FDIC in the standard insurance amount of $250 thousand per depositor for each account ownership category. This insurance is funded through assessments on the Bank and other insured depository institutions. In connection with implementing the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC in 2011 changed each institution’s assessment base from its total insured deposits to its average consolidated total assets less average tangible equity and created a scorecard method for calculating assessments that combines CAMELS ratings and specified forward-looking financial measures to determine each institution’s risk to the DIF. The Dodd-Frank Act also required the FDIC, in setting assessments, to offset the effect of increasing its reserve for the DIF on institutions with consolidated assets of less than $10 billion. The result of this revised approach to deposit-insurance assessments is generally an increase in costs, on an absolute or relative basis, for institutions with consolidated assets of $10 billion or more.

If an insured depository institution such as the Bank were to become insolvent or if other specified events were to occur relating to its financial condition or the propriety of its actions, the FDIC may be appointed as conservator or receiver for the institution. In that capacity, the FDIC would have the power (1) to transfer assets and liabilities of the institution to another person or entity without the approval of the institution’s creditors, (2) to require that its claims process be followed and to enforce statutory or other limits on damages claimed by the institution’s creditors, (3) to enforce the institution’s contracts or leases according to their terms, (4) to repudiate or disaffirm the institution’s contracts or leases, (5) to seek to reclaim, recover, or recharacterize transfers of the institution’s assets or to exercise control over assets in which the institution may claim an interest, (6) to enforce statutory or other injunctions, and (7) to exercise a wide range of other rights, powers, and authorities, including those that could impair the rights and interests of all or some of the institution’s creditors. In addition, the administrative expenses of the conservator or receiver could be afforded priority over all or some of the claims of the institution’s creditors, and under the FDIA, the claims of depositors (including the FDIC as subrogee of depositors) would enjoy priority over the claims of the institution’s unsecured creditors.

The FDIA also provides that an insured depository institution can be held liable for any loss incurred or expected to be incurred by the FDIC in connection with another commonly controlled insured depository institution that is in default or in danger of default. This cross-guarantee liability is generally superior in right of payment to claims of the institution’s holding company and its affiliates.

Other Regulatory and Supervisory Matters

As a public company, the Company is subject to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act), the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act), the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and other federal and State securities laws. In addition, because the Company’s common stock is listed with The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC (NASDAQ), the Company is subject to the listing rules of that exchange.

The Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970 (commonly known as the Bank Secrecy Act), the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001, and related laws require all financial institutions, including banks and broker-dealers, to establish a risk-based system of internal controls reasonably designed to prevent money laundering and the financing of terrorism. These laws include a variety of recordkeeping and reporting requirements (such as currency and suspicious activity reporting) as well as know-your-customer and due-diligence rules.

Under the CRA, the Bank has a continuing and affirmative obligation to help meet the credit needs of its local communities—including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods—consistent with safe and sound banking practices. The CRA does not create specific lending programs but does establish the framework and criteria by which the OCC regularly assesses the Bank’s record in meeting these credit needs. The Bank’s ratings under the CRA are taken into account by the FRB and the OCC when considering merger or other specified applications that the Company or the Bank may submit from time to time.

 

9


Table of Contents

The Bank is subject as well to a vast array of consumer-protection laws, such as qualified-mortgage and other mortgage-related rules under the jurisdiction of the CFPB. Lending limits, restrictions on tying arrangements, limits on permissible interest-rate charges, and other laws governing the conduct of banking or fiduciary activities are also applicable to the Bank. In addition, the GLBA imposes on the Company and its subsidiaries a number of obligations relating to financial privacy.

Acquisitions

A discussion of past acquisitions is included in Note 15, “Acquisitions,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements, which can be found in Part II, Item 8, pages 96 through 97 of this report.

Statistical Disclosure

The information required by Guide 3, “Statistical Disclosure by Bank Holding Companies,” has been included in Part II, Items 6, 7, and 7A, pages 20 through 57, of this report.

Executive Officers of the Registrant.    The following are the executive officers of the Company, each of whom is elected annually, and there are no arrangements or understandings between any of the persons so named and any other person pursuant to which such person was elected as an officer.

 

Name

   Age   

Position with Registrant

Peter J. deSilva

   53    Mr. deSilva has served as President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company since January 2004. He was named Vice Chairman of the Bank in January 2014 and, between December 2012 and January 2014, served as President and Chief Operating Officer of the Bank. Mr. deSilva was previously employed by Fidelity Investments from 1987 to 2004, the last seven years as Senior Vice President with principal responsibility for brokerage operations.

Anthony J. Fischer

   56    Mr. Fischer was named the President of UMB Fund Services, Inc. in July 2014. Prior to that, he served UMB Fund Services Inc. as an Executive Vice President in charge of Business Development from March 2013 until June 2014 and as a Senior Vice President in Business Development from February 2008 through February 2013.

Michael D. Hagedorn

   48    Mr. Hagedorn has served as Vice Chairman of the Company since October 2009 and was named President and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank in January 2014. Between March 2005 and January 2014, he served as Chief Financial Officer of the Company and, from October 2009 to January 2014, also as Chief Administrative Officer of the Company. He previously served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Wells Fargo, Midwest Banking Group, from April 2001 to March 2005.

Andrew J. Iseman

   50    Mr. Iseman joined Scout as Chief Executive Officer in August 2010. From February 2009 to June 2010, he served as Chief Operating Officer of RK Capital Management. He was previously employed by Janus Capital Group from January 2003 to April 2008, most recently serving as its Executive Vice President from January 2008 to April 2008 and also as its Chief Operating Officer from May 2007 to April 2008.

 

10


Table of Contents

Name

   Age   

Position with Registrant

J. Mariner Kemper

   42    Mr. Kemper has served as the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company since May 2004. He served as the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank between December 2012 and January 2014, and as the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of UMB Bank Colorado, n.a. (a prior subsidiary of the Company) between 2000 and 2012. He was President of UMB Bank Colorado from 1997 to 2000.

Brian J. Walker

   43    Mr. Walker was named Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company in January 2014 and has served as Chief Accounting Officer of the Company since June 2007. From July 2004 to June 2007, he served as a Certified Public Accountant for KPMG LLP, where he worked primarily as an auditor for financial institutions. He worked as a Certified Public Accountant for Deloitte & Touche LLP from November 2002 to July 2004.

The Company makes available free of charge on its website at www.umb.com/investor, its annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to such reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after it electronically files or furnishes such material with or to the SEC.

ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS

Financial-services companies routinely encounter and address risks and uncertainties. In the following paragraphs, the Company describes some of the principal risks and uncertainties that could adversely affect its business, results of operations, financial condition (including capital and liquidity), or prospects or the value of or return on an investment in the Company. These risks and uncertainties, however, are not the only ones faced by the Company. Other risks and uncertainties that are not presently known to the Company, that it has failed to appreciate, or that it currently considers immaterial may adversely affect the Company as well. Except where otherwise noted, the descriptions here address risks and certainties that may affect the Company as well as its subsidiaries. These risk factors should be read in conjunction with Management’s Discussion and Analysis (which can be found in Part II, Item 7 of this report beginning on page 22) and its Consolidated Financial Statements (which can be found in Part II, Item 8 of this report beginning on page 58).

The levels of or changes in interest rates could affect the Company’s business.    The Company’s business, results of operations, and financial condition are highly dependent on net interest income, which is the difference between interest income on earning assets (such as loans and investments) and interest expense on deposits and borrowings. Net interest income is significantly affected by market rates of interest, which in turn are influenced by monetary and fiscal policies, general economic conditions, the regulatory environment, competitive pressures, and expectations about future changes in interest rates. The policies and regulations of the FRB, in particular, have a substantial impact on market rates of interest. See “Government Monetary and Fiscal Policies” in Part I, Item 1 of this report beginning on page 4. The Company may be adversely affected by policies, regulations, or events that have the effect of altering the difference between long-term and short-term interest rates (commonly known as the yield curve), depressing the interest rates associated with its earning assets to levels near the rates associated with interest expense, or changing the relationship between different interest-rate indices. The Company’s customers and counterparties also may be negatively impacted by the levels of or changes in interest rates, which could increase the risk of delinquency or default on obligations to the Company. The levels of or changes in interest rates, moreover, may have an adverse effect on the value of the Company’s investment portfolio and other financial instruments, the return on or demand for loans, the prepayment speed of loans, the cost or availability of deposits or other funding sources, or the purchase or sale of investment securities. In addition, a rapid change in interest rates could result in interest expense increasing faster than interest income because of differences in the maturities of the Company’s assets and liabilities. The level of

 

11


Table of Contents

and changes in market rates of interest—and, as a result, these risks and uncertainties—are beyond the Company’s control. See “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk—Interest Rate Risk” in Part II, Item 7A of this report beginning on page 51 for a discussion of how the Company monitors and manages interest-rate risk.

Weak or deteriorating economic conditions, more liberal origination or underwriting standards, or financial or systemic shocks could increase the Company’s credit risk and adversely affect its lending or other banking businesses and the value of its loans or investment securities.    The Company’s business and results of operations depend significantly on general economic conditions. When those conditions are weak or deteriorating in any of the markets or regions where the Company operates, its business or results of operations could be adversely affected. The Company’s lending and other banking businesses, in particular, are susceptible to weak or deteriorating economic conditions, which could result in reduced loan demand or utilization rates and at the same time increased delinquencies or defaults. These kinds of conditions also could dampen the demand for products in the Company’s asset-management, insurance, brokerage, or related businesses. Increased delinquencies or defaults could result as well from the Company adopting, for strategic or other reasons, more liberal origination or underwriting standards for extensions of credit or other dealings with customers or counterparties. If delinquencies or defaults on the Company’s loans or investment securities increase, their value could be adversely affected. Weak or deteriorating economic conditions also may negatively impact the market value and liquidity of the Company’s investment securities, and the Company may be required to record additional impairment charges if investment securities suffer a decline in value that is considered other-than-temporary. In addition, to the extent that loan charge-offs exceed estimates, an increase to the amount of provision expense related to the allowance for loan losses would reduce the Company’s income. See “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk—Credit Risk” in Part II, Item 7A of this report beginning on page 54 for a discussion of how the Company monitors and manages credit risk. A financial or systemic shock and a failure of a significant counterparty or a significant group of counterparties could negatively impact the Company as well, possibly to a severe degree, due to its role as a financial intermediary and the interconnectedness of the financial system.

Challenging business, economic, or market conditions could adversely affect the Company’s fee-based banking, investment-management, asset-servicing, or other businesses.    The Company’s fee-based banking, investment-management, asset-servicing, and other businesses are driven by wealth creation in the economy, robust market activity, fiscal stability, and positive investor, business, and consumer sentiment. Economic downturns, market disruptions, high unemployment or underemployment, unsustainable debt levels, depressed real-estate markets, or other challenging business, economic, or market conditions could adversely affect these businesses and their results. For example, if any of these conditions were to cause flows into or the fair value of assets held in the funds and accounts advised by Scout to weaken or decline, Scout’s revenue could be negatively impacted. If the funds or other groups that are clients of UMBFS were to encounter similar difficulties, UMBFS’s revenue also could suffer. The Company’s bank-card revenue is driven primarily by transaction volumes in business and consumer spending that generate interchange fees, and any of these conditions could dampen those volumes. Revenue from trading, asset management, custody, trust, cash and treasury management, and the Company’s other fee-based businesses could be adversely affected as well if any of these conditions were to occur or persist.

The Company’s investment-management businesses could be negatively impacted by declines in assets under management or by shifts in the mix of assets under management.    The revenues of Scout, Prairie Capital Management (PCM), and the Company’s other investment-management businesses are highly dependent on advisory fee income. These businesses generally earn higher fees on equity-based or alternative investments and strategies and lower fees on fixed-income investments and strategies. Advisory-fee income may be negatively impacted by an absolute decline in assets under management or by a shift in the mix of assets under management from equities or alternatives to fixed-income. Such a decline or shift could be caused or influenced by any number of factors, such as underperformance in absolute or relative terms, loss of key advisers or other talent, changes in investing preferences or trends, market downturns or volatility, drops in investor confidence, reputational damage, increased competition, or general economic conditions.

 

12


Table of Contents

To the extent that the Company continues to maintain a sizeable portfolio of available-for-sale investment securities, its income may be adversely affected and its reported equity more volatile.    As of December 31, 2014, the Company’s securities portfolio totaled approximately $7.3 billion, which represented approximately 41.6 percent of its total assets. Regulatory restrictions and the Company’s investment policies generally result in the acquisition of securities with lower yields than loans. For the year-ended December 31, 2014, the weighted average yield of the Company’s securities portfolio was 1.9 percent as compared to 3.5 percent for its loan portfolio. Accordingly, to the extent that the Company is unable to effectively deploy its funds to originate or acquire loans or other assets with higher yields than those of its investment securities, the Company’s income may be negatively impacted. Additionally, approximately $6.9 billion, or 94.9 percent, of the Company’s investment securities are classified as available for sale and reported at fair value. Unrealized gains or losses on these securities are excluded from earnings and reported in other comprehensive income, which in turn affects the Company’s reported equity. Accordingly, to the extent that the Company continues to maintain a significant portfolio of available-for-sale securities, its reported equity may experience greater volatility.

The trading volume in the Company’s common stock at times may be low, which could adversely affect liquidity and share price.    Although the Company’s common stock is listed for trading on the NASDAQ Global Select Stock Market, the trading volume in the stock may at times be low and, in relative terms, less than that of other financial-services companies. A public trading market that is deep, liquid, and orderly depends on the presence in the marketplace of a large number of willing buyers and sellers and narrow bid-ask spreads. These market features, in turn, depend on a number of factors, such as the individual decisions of investors and general economic and market conditions, over which the Company has no control. During any period of lower trading volume in the Company’s common stock, the share price could be more volatile and the liquidity of the stock could suffer.

The Company operates in a highly regulated industry, and its business could be adversely affected by the regulatory and supervisory frameworks applicable to it, changes in those frameworks, and other regulatory risks and uncertainties.    The Company is subject to expansive regulatory frameworks in the United States—at federal, State, and local levels—and in the foreign jurisdictions where its business segments operate. In addition, the Company is subject to the direct supervision of government authorities charged with overseeing the kinds of financial activities conducted by its business segments. Much in these regulatory and supervisory frameworks is designed to protect public or private interests that often are not aligned with those of the Company’s shareholders or non-deposit creditors. See “Regulation and Supervision” in Part I, Item 1 of this report beginning on page 4. In the wake of the recent global economic crisis, moreover, government scrutiny of all financial-services companies has been amplified, fundamental changes have been made to the banking, securities, and other laws that govern financial services (with the Dodd-Frank Act and Basel III being two of the more prominent examples), and a host of related business practices have been reexamined and reshaped. These seismic shifts in the financial-services industry have yet to slow in an appreciable way, and as a result, the Company expects to continue devoting increased time and resources to risk management, compliance, and regulatory change management. All of this could have a detrimental impact on the Company’s business and results of operations. Risks also exist that government authorities could judge the Company’s business or other practices unfavorably and bring formal or informal corrective or enforcement actions against it—including fines or other penalties and directives to change its products or services—that, for practical or other reasons, the Company could not resist and that also could give rise to litigation by private plaintiffs. These and other regulatory risks and uncertainties could adversely affect the Company’s reputation, business, results of operations, financial condition, or prospects.

Regulatory or supervisory requirements, future growth, or operating results may require the Company to raise additional capital, but that capital may not be available or be available on favorable terms and, if raised, may be dilutive.    The Company is subject to safety-and-soundness and capital-adequacy standards under applicable law and to the direct supervision of government authorities. See “Regulation and Supervision” in Part I, Item 1 of this report beginning on page 4. If the Company is not or is at risk of not satisfying these standards or applicable supervisory requirements—whether due to inadequate operating results

 

13


Table of Contents

that erode capital, future growth that outpaces the accumulation of capital through earnings, or otherwise—the Company may be required to raise capital. The Company also may be compelled to raise capital if regulatory or supervisory requirements change. The Company’s ability to raise capital on favorable terms or at all will depend on general economic and market conditions, which are outside of its control, and on the Company’s operating and financial performance. Accordingly, the Company cannot be assured of its ability to raise capital when needed or on favorable terms. An inability to raise capital when needed and on favorable terms could damage the performance and value of its business, prompt regulatory intervention, and harm its reputation, and if the condition were to persist for any appreciable period of time, its viability as a going concern could be threatened.

The Company’s business relies on systems, employees, service providers, and counterparties, and failures by any of them or other operational risks could adversely affect the Company.    The Company engages in a variety of businesses in diverse markets and relies on systems, employees, service providers, and counterparties to properly process a high volume of transactions. This gives rise to meaningful operational risk—including the risk of fraud by employees or outside parties, unauthorized access to its premises or systems, errors in processing, failures of technology, breaches of internal controls or compliance safeguards, inadequate integration of acquisitions, human error, and breakdowns in business continuity plans. Significant financial, business, reputational, regulatory, or other harm could come to the Company as a result of these or related risks and uncertainties. For example, the Company could be negatively impacted if financial, accounting, data-processing, or other systems were to fail or not fully perform their functions. The Company also could be adversely affected if key personnel or a significant number of employees were to become unavailable due to a pandemic, natural disaster, war, act of terrorism, accident, or other reason. These risks arise as well with the systems and employees of the service providers and counterparties on whom the Company depends as well as with their third-party service providers and counterparties. See “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk—Operational Risk” in Part II, Item 7A of this report beginning on page 56 for a discussion of how the Company monitors and manages operational risk.

In the ordinary course of its business, the Company collects, stores, and transmits sensitive, confidential, or proprietary data and other information, including intellectual property, business information, and the personally identifiable information of its customers and employees. The secure processing, storage, maintenance, and transmission of this information is critical to the Company’s operations and reputation, and if any of this information were mishandled, misused, improperly accessed, or lost, the Company could suffer significant financial, business, reputational, regulatory, or other damage. For example, despite security measures, the Company’s information technology and infrastructure may be breached in cyber-attacks, by computer viruses or malware, or with other means. Two of the most significant cyber-attack risks that it faces are e-fraud and loss of sensitive customer data. Loss from e-fraud occurs when cybercriminals breach and extract funds directly from customers’ or the Company’s accounts. The attempts to breach sensitive customer data, such as account numbers and social security numbers, are less frequent, but could present significant reputational, legal and/or regulatory costs to the Company if successful. The Company’s risk and exposure to these matters remains heightened because of the evolving nature and complexity of these threats from cybercriminals and hackers.

Third parties, including vendors that provide services for our operations, could also be a source of security risk to us in the event of a failure of their own security systems and infrastructure or outside parties may attempt to fraudulently induce employees or customers to disclose sensitive information in order to gain access to our data or our customers’ data. A breach also could occur due to employee error, malfeasance, or other disruptions. Even when an attempted breach is successfully avoided or thwarted, the Company may need to expend substantial resources in doing so and may be required take actions that could adversely affect customer satisfaction or behavior. If a breach were to occur, moreover, the Company could be exposed to regulatory actions or litigation by private plaintiffs. Despite the Company’s efforts to ensure the integrity of systems and controls, it may not be able to anticipate or implement effective measures to prevent all security breaches or all risks to the sensitive, confidential, or proprietary information that it collects, stores, or transmits.

 

14


Table of Contents

Negative publicity outside of the Company’s control, or its failure to successfully manage issues arising from its conduct or in connection with the financial-services industry generally could damage the Company’s reputation and adversely affect its business.    The performance and value of the Company’s business could be negatively impacted by any reputational harm that it may suffer. This harm could arise from negative publicity outside of its control or its failure to adequately address issues arising from its conduct or in connection with the financial-services industry generally. Risks to the Company’s reputation could arise in any number of contexts—for example, continuing government responses to the recent global economic crisis, cyber-attacks and security breaches, mergers and acquisitions, lending practices, actual or potential conflicts of interest, failures to prevent money laundering, and corporate governance.

The Company faces intense competition from other financial-services companies, and competitive pressures could adversely affect the Company’s business.    The Company faces intense competition in each of its business segments and in all of its markets and geographic regions, and the Company expects competitive pressures only to intensify in the future—especially in light of legislative and regulatory initiatives arising out of the recent global economic crisis, technological innovations that alter the barriers to entry, current economic and market conditions, and government monetary and fiscal policies. See “Competition” in Part I, Item 1 of this report beginning on page 4. Competitive pressures may drive the Company to take actions that the Company might otherwise eschew, such as lowering the interest rates on loans or raising the interest rates on deposits in order to keep or attract high-quality customers. These pressures also may accelerate actions that it might otherwise elect to defer, such as investments in technology or infrastructure. Whatever the reason, actions that the Company takes in response to competition may adversely affect its results of operations and financial condition. These consequences could be exacerbated if the Company is not successful in introducing new products and services, achieving market acceptance of its products and services, developing and maintaining a strong customer base, or prudently managing expenses.

The Company’s risk-management framework may not be effective in mitigating risk and loss.    The Company maintains an enterprise risk-management program that is designed to identify, quantify, monitor, report, and control the risks that it faces. These include interest-rate risk, credit risk, liquidity risk, market risk, operational risk, reputational risk, and compliance risk. While the Company assesses and improves this program on an ongoing basis, there can be no assurance that its approach and framework for risk management and related controls will effectively mitigate risk and limit losses in its business. If conditions or circumstances arise that expose flaws or gaps in the Company’s risk-management program or if its controls break down, the performance and value of the Company’s business could be adversely affected.

Liquidity is essential to the Company’s business and it could be adversely affected by constraints in, or increased costs for, funding.    The Company defines liquidity as the Company’s ability to meet financial commitments through the maturity and sale of existing assets or availability of additional funds. Banks are especially vulnerable to liquidity risk because of their role in the maturity transformation of demand or short-term deposits into longer-term loans or other extensions of credit. The Company, like other financial-services companies, relies to a significant extent on external sources of funding (such as deposits and borrowings) for the liquidity needed in the conduct of its business. A number of factors beyond the Company’s control, however, could have a detrimental impact on the level or cost of that funding and thus on its liquidity. These include market disruptions, changes in its credit ratings or the sentiment of its investors, the loss of substantial deposit relationships, financial or systemic shocks, significant counterparty failures, and reputational damage. Unexpected declines or limits on the dividends declared and paid by the Company’s subsidiaries also could adversely affect its liquidity position. While the Company’s policies and controls are designed to ensure that it maintains adequate liquidity to conduct its business in the ordinary course even in a stressed environment, there can be no assurance that its liquidity position will never become compromised. In such an event, the Company may be required to sell assets at a loss in order to continue its operations. This could damage the performance and value of its business, prompt regulatory intervention, and harm its reputation, and if the condition were to persist for any appreciable period of time, its viability as a going concern could be threatened. See “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk—Liquidity Risk” in Part II, Item 7A of this report beginning on page 56 for a discussion of how the Company monitors and manages liquidity risk.

 

15


Table of Contents

If the Company’s subsidiaries are unable to make dividend payments or distributions to the Company, it may be unable to satisfy its obligations to counterparties or creditors or make dividend payments to its shareholders.    The Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from its bank and nonbank subsidiaries and depends on dividend payments and distributions from those subsidiaries to fund its obligations to counterparties and creditors and its dividend payments to shareholders. See “Regulation and Supervision—Requirements Affecting the Relationships among the Company, Its Subsidiaries, and Other Affiliates” in Part I, Item 1 of this report beginning on page 6. Any of the Company’s subsidiaries, however, may be unable to make dividend payments or distributions to the Company due to a deterioration in the subsidiary’s performance, investments in the subsidiary’s own future growth, or regulatory or supervisory requirements. If any subsidiary were unable to remain viable as a going concern, moreover, the Company’s right to participate in a distribution of assets would be subject to the prior claims of the subsidiary’s creditors (including, in the case of the Bank, its depositors and the FDIC).

An inability to attract, retain, or motivate qualified employees could adversely affect the Company’s business.    Skilled employees are the Company’s most important resource, and competition for talented people is intense. Even though compensation is among the Company’s highest expenses, it may not be able to hire the best people, keep them with the Company, or properly motivate them to perform at a high level. Recent scrutiny of compensation practices, especially in the financial-services industry, has made this only more difficult. In addition, some parts of the Company’s business are particularly dependent on key personnel, including investment management, asset servicing, and commercial lending. If the Company were to lose and find itself unable to replace these personnel or other skilled employees or if the competition for talent drove its compensation costs to unsustainable levels, the Company’s business, results of operations, and financial condition could be negatively impacted.

The Company is subject to a variety of litigation or other proceedings, which could adversely affect its business.    The Company is involved from time to time in a variety of judicial, alternative-dispute, or other proceedings arising out of its business or operations. The Company establishes reserves for claims when appropriate under generally accepted accounting principles, but costs often can be incurred in connection with a matter before any reserve has been created. In addition, the actual costs associated with resolving a claim may be substantially higher than amounts that the Company has reserved. Substantial legal claims, even if not meritorious, could have a detrimental impact on the Company’s business, results of operations, and financial condition and cause reputational harm.

Changes in accounting standards could impact the Company’s financial statements and reported earnings.    Accounting standard-setting bodies, such as the Financial Accounting Standards Board, periodically change the financial accounting and reporting standards that affect the preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements. These changes are beyond the Company’s control and could have a meaningful impact on its consolidated financial statements.

The Company’s selection of accounting methods, assumptions, and estimates could impact its financial statements and reported earnings.    To comply with generally accepted accounting principles, management must sometimes exercise judgment in selecting, determining, and applying accounting methods, assumptions, and estimates. This can arise, for example, in determining the allowance for loan losses or the fair value of assets or liabilities. The judgments required of management can involve difficult, subjective, or complex matters with a high degree of uncertainty, and several different judgments could be reasonable under the circumstances and yet result in significantly different results being reported. See “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” in Part II, Item 7 of this report beginning on page 49. If management’s judgments later prove to have been inaccurate, the Company may experience unexpected losses that could be substantial.

The Company’s ability to successfully make opportunistic acquisitions is subject to significant risks, including the risk that government authorities will not provide the requisite approvals, the risk that integrating acquisitions may be more difficult, costly, or time consuming than expected, and the risk that the value of acquisitions may be less than anticipated.    The Company may make opportunistic

 

16


Table of Contents

acquisitions of other financial-services companies or businesses from time to time, such as its planned acquisition of Marquette Financial Companies (MFC). The acquisition of MFC is and other acquisitions may be subject to regulatory approval, and there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to obtain that approval in a timely manner or at all. Even if the Company obtains regulatory approval, the failure of other closing conditions to be satisfied or waived could delay the completion of an acquisition for a significant period of time or prevent it from occurring altogether. Any failure or delay in closing an acquisition could adversely affect the Company’s reputation, business, results of operations, financial condition, or prospects.

Additionally, acquisitions involve numerous risks, including lower-than-expected performance or higher-than-expected costs, difficulties related to integration, diversion of management’s attention from other business activities, changes in relationships with customers or counterparties, and the potential loss of key employees. An acquisition also could be dilutive to the Company’s current shareholders if stock in the Company were issued to pay or fund the purchase price. The Company may not be successful in identifying acquisition candidates, integrating acquired companies or businesses, or realizing expected value from acquisitions. There is significant competition for valuable acquisition targets, and the Company may not be able to acquire other companies or businesses on attractive terms. There can be no assurance that the Company will pursue future acquisitions, and the Company’s ability to grow and successfully compete in its markets and regions may be impaired if it chooses not to pursue or is unable to successfully make acquisitions.

ITEM 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

There are no unresolved comments from the staff of the SEC required to be disclosed herein as of the date of this Form 10-K.

ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES

The Company’s headquarters building, the UMB Bank Building, is located at 1010 Grand Boulevard in downtown Kansas City, Missouri, and opened during July 1986. All 250,000 square feet is occupied by departments and customer service functions of the Bank, as well as offices of the Company.

Other main facilities of the Bank in downtown Kansas City, Missouri are located at 928 Grand Boulevard (185,000 square feet); 906 Grand Boulevard (140,000 square feet); and 1008 Oak Street (180,000 square feet). Both the 928 Grand and 906 Grand buildings house backroom support functions. The 928 Grand building also houses Scout. Additionally, within the 906 Grand building there is 8,000 square feet of space leased to several small tenants. The 928 Grand building underwent a major renovation during 2004 and 2005. The 928 Grand building is connected to the UMB Bank Building (1010 Grand) by an enclosed elevated pedestrian walkway. The 1008 Oak building, which opened during the second quarter of 1999, houses the Company’s operations and data processing functions.

The Bank leases 52,000 square feet in the Hertz Building located in the heart of the commercial sector of downtown St. Louis, Missouri. This location has a full-service banking center and is home to some operational and administrative support functions. The Bank also leases 30,000 square feet on the first, second, third, and fifth floors of the 1670 Broadway building located in the financial district of downtown Denver, Colorado. The location has a full-service banking center and is home to additional operational and administrative support functions.

As of December 31, 2014, the Bank operated a total of 105 banking centers and two wealth management offices.

UMBFS leases 88,944 square feet at 235 Galena Street in Milwaukee, Wisconsin, for its fund services operations headquarters. Additionally, UMBFS leases 37,300 square feet at 2225 Washington Boulevard in Ogden, Utah.

 

17


Table of Contents

Additional information with respect to premises and equipment is presented in Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” and Note 8, “Premises and Equipment,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, pages 65 and 85 of this report.

ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

In the normal course of business, the Company and its subsidiaries are named defendants in various legal proceedings. In the opinion of management, after consultation with legal counsel, none of these proceedings are expected to have a material effect on the financial position, results of operations, or cash flows of the Company.

ITEM 4.  MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

 

18


Table of Contents

PART II

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

The Company’s stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Stock Market under the symbol “UMBF.” As of February 20, 2015, the Company had 2,247 distinct shareholders of record. Company stock information for each full quarter period within the two most recent fiscal years is set forth in the table below.

 

Per Share    Three Months Ended  

2014

   March 31      June 30      Sept 30      Dec 31  

Dividend

   $ 0.225       $ 0.225       $ 0.225       $ 0.235   

Book value

     33.94         35.21         35.51         36.10   

Market price:

           

High

     68.27         66.98         65.30         61.00   

Low

     56.15         52.77         54.54         51.87   

Close

     64.70         63.39         54.55         56.89   

 

Per Share    Three Months Ended  

2013

   March 31      June 30      Sept 30      Dec 31  

Dividend

   $ 0.215       $ 0.215       $ 0.215       $ 0.225   

Book value

     31.73         30.20         32.85         33.30   

Market price:

           

High

     49.42         56.14         62.20         65.44   

Low

     43.27         46.34         51.86         53.72   

Close

     49.07         55.67         54.34         64.28   

Information concerning restrictions on the ability of the Registrant to pay dividends and the Registrant’s subsidiaries to transfer funds to the Registrant is presented in Item 1, page 3 and Note 10, “Regulatory Requirements,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements provided in Item 8, pages 87 and 88 of this report. Information concerning securities the Company issued under equity compensation plans is contained in Item 12, pages 114 and 115 and in Note 11, “Employee Benefits,” of the Consolidated Financial Statements provided in Item 8, pages 88 through 92 of this report.

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

The following table provides information about share repurchase activity by the Company during the quarter ended December 31, 2014:

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

 

Period

   (a)
Total
Number  of
Shares
Purchased
     (b)
Average
Price
Paid  per
Share
     (c)
Total Number  of
Shares Purchased as
Part of Publicly
Announced Plans or
Programs
     (d)
Maximum  Number
of Shares that May Yet
Be Purchased Under
the Plans or Programs
 

October 1—October 31, 2014

     2,410       $ 55.80         2,410         1,980,379   

November 1—November 30, 2014

     1,836         59.63         1,836         1,978,543   

December 1—December 31, 2014

     29,085         56.34         29,085         1,949,458   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     33,331       $ 56.48         33,331      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

19


Table of Contents

On April 22, 2014, the Company announced a plan to repurchase up to 2 million shares of common stock. This plan will terminate on April 21, 2015. The Company has not made any repurchases other than through this plan. All open market share purchases under the share repurchase plans are intended to be within the scope of Rule 10b-18 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

For a discussion of factors that may materially affect the comparability of the information below, please see Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, pages 22 through 57, of this report.

 

20


Table of Contents

FIVE-YEAR FINANCIAL SUMMARY

(in thousands except per share data)

As of and for the years ended December 31

 

EARNINGS    2014     2013     2012     2011     2010  

Interest income

   $ 363,871      $ 348,341      $ 339,685      $ 343,653      $ 346,507   

Interest expense

     13,816        15,072        19,629        26,680        35,894   

Net interest income

     350,055        333,269        320,056        316,973        310,613   

Provision for loan losses

     17,000        17,500        17,500        22,200        31,510   

Noninterest income

     498,688        491,833        458,122        414,332        360,370   

Noninterest expense

     666,926        624,178        590,454        562,746        512,622   

Net income

     120,655        133,965        122,717        106,472        91,002   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

AVERAGE BALANCES

        

Assets

   $ 15,998,893      $ 15,030,762      $ 13,389,192      $ 12,417,274      $ 11,108,233   

Loans, net of unearned interest

     6,975,338        6,221,318        5,251,278        4,756,165        4,490,587   

Securities

     7,053,837        7,034,542        6,528,523        5,774,217        5,073,839   

Interest-bearing due from banks

     843,134        663,818        547,817        837,807        593,518   

Deposits

     12,691,273        11,930,318        10,521,658        9,593,638        8,451,966   

Long-term debt

     6,059        4,748        5,879        11,284        19,141   

Shareholders’ equity

     1,599,765        1,337,107        1,258,284        1,138,625        1,066,872   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

YEAR-END BALANCES

        

Assets

   $ 17,500,960      $ 16,911,852      $ 14,927,196      $ 13,541,398      $ 12,404,932   

Loans, net of unearned interest

     7,466,418        6,521,869        5,690,626        4,970,558        4,598,097   

Securities

     7,285,667        7,051,127        7,134,316        6,277,482        5,742,104   

Interest-bearing due from banks

     1,539,386        2,093,467        720,500        1,164,007        848,598   

Deposits

     13,616,859        13,640,766        11,653,365        10,169,911        9,028,741   

Long-term debt

     8,810        5,055        5,879        6,529        8,884   

Shareholders’ equity

     1,643,758        1,506,065        1,279,345        1,191,132        1,060,860   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

PER SHARE DATA

        

Earnings—basic

   $ 2.69      $ 3.25      $ 3.07      $ 2.66      $ 2.27   

Earnings—diluted

     2.65        3.20        3.04        2.64        2.26   

Cash dividends

     0.91        0.87        0.83        0.79        0.75   

Dividend payout ratio

     33.83     26.77     27.04     29.70     33.04

Book value

   $ 36.10      $ 33.30      $ 31.71      $ 29.46      $ 26.24   

Market price

        

High

     68.27        65.44        52.61        45.20        44.51   

Low

     51.87        43.27        37.68        30.49        31.88   

Close

     56.89        64.28        43.82        37.25        41.44   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Return on average assets

     0.75     0.89     0.92     0.86     0.82

Return on average equity

     7.54        10.02        9.75        9.35        8.53   

Average equity to average assets

     10.00        8.90        9.40        9.17        9.60   

Total risk-based capital ratio

     14.04        14.43        11.92        12.20        12.45   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

21


Table of Contents

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

This review highlights the material changes in the results of operations and changes in financial condition for the year-ended December 31, 2014. It should be read in conjunction with the accompanying consolidated financial statements, notes to consolidated financial statements, and other financial statistics appearing elsewhere in this report. Results of operations for the periods included in this review are not necessarily indicative of results to be attained during any future period.

CAUTIONARY NOTICE ABOUT FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

From time to time the Company has made, and in the future will make, forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. Forward-looking statements often use words such as “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “estimate,” “project,” “outlook,” “forecast,” “target,” “trend,” “plan,” “goal,” or other words of comparable meaning or future-tense or conditional verbs such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “would,” or “could.” Forward-looking statements convey the Company’s expectations, intentions, or forecasts about future events, circumstances, results, or aspirations.

This report, including any information incorporated by reference in this report, contains forward-looking statements. The Company also may make forward-looking statements in other documents that are filed or furnished with the SEC. In addition, the Company may make forward-looking statements orally or in writing to investors, analysts, members of the media, or others.

All forward-looking statements, by their nature, are subject to assumptions, risks, and uncertainties, which may change over time and many of which are beyond the Company’s control. You should not rely on any forward-looking statement as a prediction or guarantee about the future. Actual future objectives, strategies, plans, prospects, performance, conditions, or results may differ materially from those set forth in any forward-looking statement. While no list of assumptions, risks, or uncertainties could be complete, some of the factors that may cause actual results or other future events, circumstances, or aspirations to differ from those in forward-looking statements include:

 

   

local, regional, national, or international business, economic, or political conditions or events;

 

   

changes in laws or the regulatory environment, including as a result of recent financial-services legislation or regulation;

 

   

changes in monetary, fiscal, or trade laws or policies, including as a result of actions by central banks or supranational authorities;

 

   

changes in accounting standards or policies;

 

   

shifts in investor sentiment or behavior in the securities, capital, or other financial markets, including changes in market liquidity or volatility or changes in interest or currency rates;

 

   

changes in spending, borrowing, or saving by businesses or households;

 

   

the Company’s ability to effectively manage capital or liquidity or to effectively attract or deploy deposits;

 

   

changes in any credit rating assigned to the Company or its affiliates;

 

   

adverse publicity or other reputational harm to the Company;

 

   

changes in the Company’s corporate strategies, the composition of its assets, or the way in which it funds those assets;

 

22


Table of Contents
   

the Company’s ability to develop, maintain, or market products or services or to absorb unanticipated costs or liabilities associated with those products or services;

 

   

the Company’s ability to innovate to anticipate the needs of current or future customers, to successfully compete in its chosen business lines, to increase or hold market share in changing competitive environments, or to deal with pricing or other competitive pressures;

 

   

changes in the credit, liquidity, or other condition of the Company’s customers, counterparties, or competitors;

 

   

the Company’s ability to effectively deal with economic, business, or market slowdowns or disruptions;

 

   

judicial, regulatory, or administrative investigations, proceedings, disputes, or rulings that create uncertainty for or are adverse to the Company or the financial-services industry;

 

   

the Company’s ability to address stricter or heightened regulatory or other governmental supervision or requirements;

 

   

the Company’s ability to maintain secure and functional financial, accounting, technology, data processing, or other operating systems or facilities, including its capacity to withstand cyber-attacks;

 

   

the adequacy of the Company’s corporate governance, risk-management framework, compliance programs, or internal controls, including its ability to control lapses or deficiencies in financial reporting or to effectively mitigate or manage operational risk;

 

   

the efficacy of the Company’s methods or models in assessing business strategies or opportunities or in valuing, measuring, monitoring, or managing positions or risk;

 

   

the Company’s ability to keep pace with changes in technology that affect the Company or its customers, counterparties, or competitors;

 

   

mergers or acquisitions, including the Company’s ability to integrate acquisitions;

 

   

the adequacy of the Company’s succession planning for key executives or other personnel;

 

   

the Company’s ability to grow revenue, to control expenses, or to attract or retain qualified employees;

 

   

natural or man-made disasters, calamities, or conflicts, including terrorist events; or

 

   

other assumptions, risks, or uncertainties described in the Risk Factors (Item 1A), Management’s Discussion and Analysis (Item 7), or the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Item 8) in this Annual Report on Form 10-K or described in any of the Company’s annual, quarterly or current reports.

Any forward-looking statement made by the Company or on its behalf speaks only as of the date that it was made. The Company does not undertake to update any forward-looking statement to reflect the impact of events, circumstances, or results that arise after the date that the statement was made. You, however, should consult further disclosures (including disclosures of a forward-looking nature) that the Company may make in any subsequent Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, or Current Report on Form 8-K.

Results of Operations

Overview

The Company focuses on the following four core strategic objectives. Management believes these strategic objectives will guide its efforts to achieving its vision, to deliver the unparalleled customer experience, all the while maintaining a focus to improve net income and strengthen the balance sheet.

The first strategic objective is to grow the Company’s fee-based businesses. As the industry continues to experience economic uncertainty, the Company has continued to emphasize its fee-based operations. With a

 

23


Table of Contents

diverse source of revenues, this strategy has helped reduce the Company’s exposure to sustained low interest rates. During 2014, noninterest income increased $6.9 million, or 1.4 percent, to $498.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to the same period in 2013. Trust and securities processing income increased $22.1 million, or 8.3 percent, and bankcard fee income increased $5.2 million, or 8.4 percent, for year-to-date December 31, 2014 compared to the same period in 2013. These increases in noninterest income were offset by decreases in equity earnings on alternative investments and gains on sales of securities available for sale. Equity earnings on alternative investments had unrealized gains of $4.0 million for the year-ended December 31, 2014 compared to unrealized gains of $19.0 million for the same period in 2013. Gains of $4.1 million on securities available for sale were recognized during the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $8.5 million during the same period in 2013.

The second strategic objective is a focus on net interest income through loan and deposit growth. During 2014, continued progress on this strategy was illustrated by an increase in net interest income of $16.8 million, or 5.0 percent, from the previous year. The Company has continued to show increased net interest income in a historically low rate environment through the effects of increased volume of average earning assets and a low cost of funds in its balance sheet. Average earning assets increased by $964.9 million, or 6.9 percent, from 2013. Average loan balances increased $754.0 million, or 12.1 percent, for year-to-date December 31, 2014 compared to the same period in 2013. Earning asset growth was primarily funded with a $486.9 million increase in average non-interest-bearing deposits, or 10.3 percent. Net interest margin and net interest spread, on a tax-equivalent basis, decreased six basis points, compared to 2013.

The third strategic objective is a focus on improving operating efficiencies. At December 31, 2014, the Company had 105 banking centers and two wealth management offices. The Company continues to emphasize increasing its primary retail customer base by providing a broad offering of services through our existing branch network. These efforts have resulted in the total loans and deposits growth previously discussed. The Company continues to invest in technological advances that will help management drive operating efficiencies in the future through improved data analysis and automation. During 2014, systems infrastructure enhancements have been implemented, and these will continue into 2015. The Company continues to evaluate core systems and will invest in enhancements that will yield operating efficiencies. The Company evaluates its cost structure for opportunities to moderate expense growth without sacrificing growth initiatives.

The fourth strategic objective is a focus on capital management. The Company places a significant emphasis on the maintenance of a strong capital position, which management believes promotes investor confidence, provides access to funding sources under favorable terms, and enhances the Company’s ability to capitalize on business growth and acquisition opportunities. The Company continues to maximize shareholder value through a mix of reinvesting in organic growth, evaluating acquisition opportunities that complement the strategies, increasing dividends over time, and properly utilizing a share buy-back strategy. At December 31, 2014, the Company had $1.6 billion in total shareholders’ equity. This is an increase of $137.7 million, or 9.1 percent, compared to total shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2013. In 2013, the Company completed the issuance of 4.5 million shares of common stock with net proceeds of $231.4 million to be used for strategic growth purposes. At December 31, 2014, the Company had a total risk-based capital ratio of 14.04 percent. The Company repurchased 97,609 shares at an average price of $58.81 per share during 2014. Further, the Company paid $41.4 million in dividends during 2014, which represents a 13.8 percent increase compared to 2013.

Earnings Summary

The Company recorded consolidated net income of $120.7 million for the year-ended December 31, 2014. This represents a 9.9 percent decrease over 2013. Net income for 2013 was $134.0 million, or an increase of 9.2 percent compared to 2012. Basic earnings per share for the year-ended December 31, 2014, were $2.69 per share compared to $3.25 per share in 2013 and $3.07 per share in 2012. Basic earnings per share for 2014 decreased 17.2 percent over 2013, which increased 5.9 percent over 2012. Fully diluted earnings per share for the year-ended December 31, 2014, were $2.65 per share compared to $3.20 per share in 2013 and $3.04 per share in 2012.

 

24


Table of Contents

The Company’s net interest income increased to $350.1 million in 2014 compared to $333.3 million in 2013 and $320.1 million in 2012. In total, a favorable volume variance outpaced the impact from an unfavorable rate variance, resulting in a $16.8 million increase in net interest income in 2014, compared to 2013. The impact from an unfavorable rate variance and favorable volume variance on earning assets was slightly offset by the reduced cost of funding on the volume growth of interest-bearing deposits, resulting in the net favorable volume variance described. See Table 2 on page 28. The favorable volume variance on earning assets was predominantly driven by the increase in average loan balances of $754.0 million, or 12.1 percent, for 2014 compared to the same period in 2013. This was largely impacted by an unfavorable rate variance in the same category. Additionally, a two basis point reduction in rate on a volume increase of $274.1 million on average interest-bearing deposits helped drive the resulting increase in net interest income. Despite the current low rate environment, the Company continues to see benefit from interest-free funds. The impact of this benefit remained flat as compared to 2013 and is illustrated on Table 3 on page 29. The $13.2 million increase in net interest income in 2013, compared to 2012, is primarily a result of a favorable volume variance. The favorable volume variance on earning assets was predominantly driven by the increase in average loan balances of $970.0 million, or 18.5 percent, for 2013 compared to the same period in 2012. This was more than offset by an unfavorable rate variance in the same category. Additionally, a 10 basis points reduction in rate on a volume increase of $955.6 million on interest-bearing deposits drove the resulting increase in net interest income. The current economic environment has made it difficult to anticipate the future of the Company’s margins. The magnitude and duration of this impact will be largely dependent upon the Federal Reserve’s policy decisions and market movements. See Table 20 in Item 7A on page 52 for an illustration of the impact of a rate increase or decrease on net interest income as of December 31, 2014.

The Company had an increase of $6.9 million, or 1.4 percent, in noninterest income in 2014, compared to 2013, and a $33.7 million, or 7.4 percent, increase in 2013, compared to 2012. The increase in 2014 is primarily attributable to higher trust and securities processing income and bankcard fee income offset by a decrease in equity earnings in alternative investments and gains on the sales of securities available for sale. Trust and securities processing income increased $22.1 million, or 8.3 percent, for the year-ended December 31, 2014, compared to the same period in 2013. Equity earnings on alternative investments decreased $15.1 million for the year-ended December 31, 2014 primarily related to valuation declines in equity method investments in PCM. Gains of $4.1 million on securities available for sale were recognized during the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $8.5 million during the same period in 2013. The change in noninterest income in 2014 from 2013, and 2013 from 2012 is illustrated on Table 6 on page 32.

Noninterest expense increased in 2014 by $42.7 million, or 6.8 percent, compared to 2013 and increased in 2013 by $33.7 million, or 5.7 percent, compared to 2012. This increase is primarily driven by an increase of $18.9 million, or 5.6 percent, in salary and employee benefit expense, a $4.4 million, or 8.9 percent increase in equipment expense driven by increased computer hardware and software expense, and a $20.3 million contingency reserve recorded in 2014. These increases were offset by a decrease in other noninterest expense of $4.6 million, or 13.0 percent, due to a decline of $4.7 million in contingent consideration liabilities on acquisitions. The increase in noninterest expense in 2014 from 2013, and 2013 from 2012 is illustrated on Table 7 on page 33.

Net Interest Income

Net interest income is a significant source of the Company’s earnings and represents the amount by which interest income on earning assets exceeds the interest expense paid on liabilities. The volume of interest earning assets and the related funding sources, the overall mix of these assets and liabilities, and the rates paid on each affect net interest income. Table 2 summarizes the change in net interest income resulting from changes in volume and rates for 2014, 2013 and 2012.

Net interest margin is calculated as net interest income on a fully tax equivalent basis (FTE) as a percentage of average earning assets. Net interest income is presented on a tax-equivalent basis to adjust for the tax-exempt

 

25


Table of Contents

status of earnings from certain loans and investments, which are primarily obligations of state and local governments. A critical component of net interest income and related net interest margin is the percentage of earning assets funded by interest-free sources. Table 3 analyzes net interest margin for the three years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012. Net interest income, average balance sheet amounts and the corresponding yields earned and rates paid for the years 2012 through 2014 are presented in Table 1 below.

The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the average earning assets and resulting yields, as well as the average interest-bearing liabilities and resulting yields, expressed in both dollars and rates.

Table 1

THREE YEAR AVERAGE BALANCE SHEETS/YIELDS AND RATES (tax-equivalent basis) (in millions)

 

    2014     2013  
    Average
Balance
    Interest
Income/
Expense (1)
    Rate
Earned/
Paid (1)
    Average
Balance
    Interest
Income/
Expense (1)
    Rate
Earned/
Paid (1)
 

ASSETS

           

Loans, net of unearned interest (FTE) (2) (3) (4)

  $ 6,975.3      $ 245.3        3.52   $ 6,221.3      $ 229.7        3.69

Securities:

           

Taxable

    4,898.8        76.2        1.56        4,876.3        75.2        1.54   

Tax-exempt (FTE)

    2,122.8        60.4        2.84        2,102.2        62.5        2.97   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total securities

    7,021.6        136.6        1.94        6,978.5        137.7        1.97   

Federal funds sold and resell agreements

    48.9        0.2        0.53        36.6        0.2        0.53   

Interest-bearing

    843.2        2.5        0.30        663.9        1.9        0.29   

Other earning assets (FTE)

    32.2        0.5        1.46        56.0        1.1        1.90   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total earning assets (FTE)

    14,921.2        385.1        2.58        13,956.3        370.6        2.66   

Allowance for loan losses

    (76.5         (72.4    

Cash and due from banks

    435.3            439.5       

Other assets

    718.9            707.4       
 

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total assets

  $ 15,998.9          $ 15,030.8       
 

 

 

       

 

 

     

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

           

Interest-bearing demand and savings deposits

  $ 6,043.5      $ 6.2        0.10   $ 6,073.5      $ 5.3        0.09

Time deposits under $100,000

    449.5        2.5        0.56        527.3        3.5        0.66   

Time deposits of $100,000 or more

    641.7        3.5        0.55        619.9        4.4        0.71   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest bearing deposits

    7,494.7        12.2        0.16        7,220.7        13.2        0.18   

Short-term debt

    —          —          —          0.2        —          —     

Long-term debt

    6.1        —          —          4.7        0.2        4.26   

Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements

    1,535.0        1.6        0.11        1,613.6        1.7        0.11   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest bearing liabilities

    9,035.8        13.8        0.15        8,839.2        15.1        0.17   

Noninterest bearing demand deposits

    5,196.5            4,709.6       

Other

    166.8            144.9       
 

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total

    14,399.1            13,693.7       
 

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total shareholders’ equity

    1,599.8            1,337.1       
 

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

  $ 15,998.9          $ 15,030.8       
 

 

 

       

 

 

     

Net interest income (FTE)

    $ 371.3          $ 355.5     

Net interest spread

        2.43         2.49

Net interest margin

        2.49         2.55
     

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

(1) Interest income and yields are stated on a fully tax-equivalent (FTE) basis, using a marginal tax rate of 35%. The tax-equivalent interest income and yields give effect to disallowance of interest expense, for federal income tax purposes related to certain tax-free assets. Rates earned/paid may not compute to the rates shown due to presentation in millions. The tax-equivalent interest income totaled $21.2 million, $22.2 million, and $19.9 million in 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively.

 

26


Table of Contents
(2) Loan fees are included in interest income. Such fees totaled $9.9 million, $10.9 million, and $11.0 million in 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively.
(3) Loans on non-accrual are included in the computation of average balances. Interest income on these loans is also included in loan income.
(4) Amount includes loans held for sale.

THREE YEAR AVERAGE BALANCE SHEETS/YIELDS AND RATES (tax-equivalent basis) (in millions)

 

    2012  
    Average
Balance
    Interest
Income/
Expense (1)
    Rate
Earned/
Paid (1)
 

ASSETS

     

Loans, net of unearned interest (FTE) (2) (3)

  $ 5,251.3      $ 217.6        4.14

Securities:

     

Taxable

    4,612.5        81.0        1.76   

Tax-exempt (FTE)

    1,862.8        57.9        3.11   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total securities

    6,475.3        138.9        2.14   

Federal funds sold and resell agreements

    26.5        0.1        0.46   

Interest-bearing

    547.8        1.8        0.33   

Other earning assets (FTE)

    53.2        1.2        2.34   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total earning assets (FTE)

    12,354.1        359.6        2.91   

Allowance for loan losses

    (73.0    

Cash and due from banks

    402.1       

Other assets

    706.0       
 

 

 

     

Total assets

  $ 13,389.2       
 

 

 

     

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

     

Interest-bearing demand and savings deposits

  $ 5,021.5      $ 6.5        0.13

Time deposits under $100,000

    577.6        4.9        0.85   

Time deposits of $100,000 or more

    665.9        6.0        0.90   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest bearing deposits

    6,265.0        17.4        0.28   

Short-term debt

    5.6        0.1        1.75   

Long-term debt

    5.9        0.3        5.08   

Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements

    1,410.5        1.9        0.13   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest bearing liabilities

    7,687.0        19.7        0.26   

Noninterest bearing demand deposits

    4,256.6       

Other

    187.3       
 

 

 

     

Total

    12,130.9       
 

 

 

     

Total shareholders’ equity

    1,258.3       
 

 

 

     

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

  $ 13,389.2       
 

 

 

     

Net interest income (FTE)

    $ 339.9     

Net interest spread

        2.65

Net interest margin

        2.75
     

 

 

 

 

27


Table of Contents

Table 2

RATE-VOLUME ANALYSIS (in thousands)

This analysis attributes changes in net interest income either to changes in average balances or to changes in average rates for earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. The change in net interest income due jointly to both volume and rate has been allocated to volume and rate in proportion to the relationship of the absolute dollar amount of the change in each. All rates are presented on a tax-equivalent basis and give effect to the disallowance of interest expense for federal income tax purposes, related to certain tax-free assets. The loan average balances and rates include nonaccrual loans.

 

Average Volume     Average Rate    

2014 vs. 2013

   Increase (Decrease)  
2014      2013     2014     2013          Volume     Rate     Total  
        

Change in interest earned on:

      
$ 6,975,338       $ 6,221,318        3.52     3.69  

Loans

   $ 26,534      $ (10,921   $ 15,613   
        

Securities:

      
  4,898,826         4,876,304        1.56        1.54     

Taxable

     350        652        1,002   
  2,122,822         2,102,216        2.84        2.97     

Tax-exempt

     750        (1,940     (1,190
  48,869         36,589        0.53        0.53     

Federal funds sold and resell agreements

     65        1        66   
  843,134         663,818        0.30        0.29     

Interest-bearing due from banks

     537        70        607   
  32,189         56,022        1.46        1.90     

Other

     (333     (235     (568

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  14,921,178         13,956,267        2.58        2.66     

Total

     27,903        (12,373     15,530   
        

Change in interest incurred on:

      
  7,494,744         7,220,675        0.16        0.18     

Interest-bearing deposits

     448        (1,389     (941
  1,535,038         1,613,584        0.11        0.11     

Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements

     (83     (40     (123
  6,059         4,972        (0.69     3.02     

Other

     (8     (184     (192

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
$   9,035,841       $ 8,839,231        0.15     0.17  

Total

     357        (1,613     (1,256

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
        

Net interest income

   $ 27,546      $ (10,760   $ 16,786   
           

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Average Volume     Average Rate    

2013 vs. 2012

   Increase (Decrease)  
2013      2012       2013         2012            Volume     Rate     Total  
        

Change in interest earned on:

      
$ 6,221,318       $ 5,251,278        3.69     4.14  

Loans

   $ 35,918      $ (23,644   $ 12,274   
        

Securities:

      
  4,876,304         4,612,510        1.54        1.76     

Taxable

     4,068        (9,879     (5,811
  2,102,216         1,862,786        2.97        3.11     

Tax-exempt

     5,315        (3,140     2,175   
  36,589         26,459        0.53        0.46     

Federal funds sold and resell agreements

     53        19        72   
  663,818         547,817        0.29        0.33     

Interest-bearing due from banks

     335        (206     129   
  56,022         53,227        1.90        2.34     

Other

     52        (235     (183

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  13,956,267         12,354,077        2.66        2.91     

Total

     45,741        (37,085     8,656   
        

Change in interest incurred on:

      
  7,220,675         6,265,040        0.18        0.28     

Interest-bearing deposits

     1,745        (5,978     (4,233
  1,613,584         1,410,478        0.11        0.13     

Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements

     219        (364     (145
  4,972         11,514        3.02        2.86     

Other

     (197     18        (179

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
$   8,839,231       $ 7,687,032        0.17     0.26  

Total

     1,767        (6,324     (4,557

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
        

Net interest income

   $ 43,974      $ (30,761   $ 13,213   
           

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

28


Table of Contents

Table 3

ANALYSIS OF NET INTEREST MARGIN (in thousands)

 

     2014     2013     2012  

Average earning assets

   $ 14,921,178      $ 13,956,267      $ 12,354,077   

Interest-bearing liabilities

     9,035,841        8,839,231        7,687,032   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest-free funds

   $ 5,885,337      $ 5,117,036      $ 4,667,045   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Free funds ratio (free funds to earning assets)

     39.44     36.66     37.78
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tax-equivalent yield on earning assets

     2.58     2.66     2.91

Cost of interest-bearing liabilities

     0.15        0.17        0.26   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest spread

     2.43     2.49     2.65

Benefit of interest-free funds

     0.06        0.06        0.10   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest margin

     2.49     2.55     2.75
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company experienced an increase in net interest income of $16.8 million, or 5.0 percent, for the year 2014, compared to 2013. This follows an increase of $13.2 million, or 4.1 percent, for the year 2013, compared to 2012. As illustrated in Table 2, the 2014 and 2013 increases are due to the favorable volume variances in earning assets, which were partially offset by the rate variances.

The decrease in the cost of funds has led to a declining beneficial impact from interest-free funds. However, the Company still maintains a significant portion of its deposit funding with noninterest-bearing demand deposits. Noninterest-bearing demand deposits represented 41.4 percent, 38.0 percent and 42.2 percent of total outstanding deposits at December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. As illustrated in Table 3, the impact from these interest-free funds was six basis points in 2014 and 2013, compared to ten basis points in 2012.

The Company has experienced a repricing of its earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities during the 2014 interest rate cycle. The average rate on earning assets during 2014 has decreased by eight basis points, while the average rate on interest-bearing liabilities decreased by two basis points, resulting in a six basis point decline in spread. The volume of loans has increased from an average of $6.2 billion in 2013 to an average of $7.0 billion in 2014. Loan-related earning assets tend to generate a higher spread than those earned in the Company’s investment portfolio. By design, the Company’s investment portfolio is moderate in duration and liquid in its composition of assets. If the Federal Reserve’s Open Market Committee maintains rates at current levels, the Company anticipates a negative impact to interest income as a result. The magnitude of this impact will be largely dependent upon the Federal Reserve’s policy decisions, market movements and the duration of this rate environment.

During 2015, approximately $1.2 billion of available for sale securities are expected to have principal repayments. This includes approximately $335 million which will have principal repayments during the first quarter of 2015. The total investment portfolio had an average life of 43.6 months, 47.6 months, and 40.0 months as of December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively.

Provision and Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses (ALL) represents management’s judgment of the losses inherent in the Company’s loan portfolio as of the balance sheet date. An analysis is performed quarterly to determine the appropriate balance of the ALL. The analysis reflects loan quality trends, including the levels of and trends related to non-accrual loans, past due loans, potential problem loans, criticized loans and net charge-offs or recoveries, among other factors. After the balance sheet analysis is performed for the ALL, the provision for loan losses is computed as the amount required to adjust the ALL to the appropriate level.

 

29


Table of Contents

Table 4 presents the components of the allowance by loan portfolio segment. The Company manages the ALL against the risk in the entire loan portfolio and therefore, the allocation of the ALL to a particular loan segment may change in the future. Management of the Company believes the present ALL is adequate considering the Company’s loss experience, delinquency trends and current economic conditions. Future economic conditions and borrowers’ ability to meet their obligations, however, there are uncertainties which could affect the Company’s ALL and/or need to change its current level of provision. For more information on loan portfolio segments and ALL methodology refer to Note 3, “Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Table 4

ALLOCATION OF ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (in thousands)

This table presents an allocation of the allowance for loan losses by loan portfolio segment, which represents the inherent probable loss derived by both quantitative and qualitative methods. The amounts presented are not necessarily indicative of actual future charge-offs in any particular category and are subject to change.

 

     December 31  

Loan Category

   2014      2013      2012      2011      2010  

Commercial

   $ 55,349       $ 48,886       $ 43,390       $ 37,927       $ 39,138   

Real estate

     10,725         15,342         15,506         20,486         18,557   

Consumer

     9,921         10,447         12,470         13,593         16,243   

Leases

     145         76         60         11         14   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total allowance

   $ 76,140       $ 74,751       $ 71,426       $ 72,017       $ 73,952   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Table 5 presents a five-year summary of the Company’s ALL. Also, please see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk—Credit Risk” on page 54 in this report for information relating to nonaccrual, past due, restructured loans, and other credit risk matters. For more information on loan portfolio segments and ALL methodology refer to Note 3, “Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses,” of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

As illustrated in Table 5 below, the ALL decreased as a percentage of total loans to 1.02 percent as of December 31, 2014, compared to 1.15 percent as of December 31, 2013. Based on the factors above, provision for loan loss totaled $17.0 million for the year-ended December 31, 2014, which is a decrease of $500 thousand, or 2.9 percent, compared to the same period in 2013. This provision for loan losses totaled $17.5 million for the year-ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

30


Table of Contents

Table 5

ANALYSIS OF ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (in thousands)

 

     2014     2013     2012     2011     2010  

Allowance-beginning of year

   $ 74,751      $ 71,426      $ 72,017      $ 73,952      $ 64,139   

Provision for loan losses

     17,000        17,500        17,500        22,200        31,510   

Allowance of banks and loans acquired

     —          —          —          —          —     

Charge-offs:

          

Commercial

     (7,307     (4,748     (8,446     (12,693     (6,644

Consumer

          

Credit card

     (10,104     (10,531     (11,148     (13,493     (15,606

Other

     (1,323     (1,600     (1,530     (1,945     (2,979

Real estate

     (259     (775     (932     (532     (258
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total charge-offs

     (18,993     (17,654     (22,056     (28,663     (25,487

Recoveries:

          

Commercial

     848        867        1,136        813        637   

Consumer

          

Credit card

     1,803        1,720        1,766        2,366        1,327   

Other

     687        815        1,035        1,317        1,797   

Real estate

     44        77        28        32        29   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recoveries

     3,382        3,479        3,965        4,528        3,790   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

     (15,611     (14,175     (18,091     (24,135     (21,697
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance-end of year

   $ 76,140      $ 74,751      $ 71,426      $ 72,017      $ 73,952   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average loans, net of unearned interest

   $ 6,974,246      $ 6,217,240      $ 5,243,264      $ 4,748,909      $ 4,478,377   

Loans at end of year, net of unearned interest

     7,465,794        6,520,512        5,686,749        4,960,343        4,583,683   

Allowance to loans at year-end

     1.02     1.15     1.26     1.45     1.61

Allowance as a multiple of net charge-offs

     4.88     5.27     3.95     2.98     3.41

Net charge-offs to:

          

Provision for loan losses

     91.83     81.00     103.38     108.71     68.86

Average loans

     0.22        0.23        0.35        0.51        0.48   

Noninterest Income

A key objective of the Company is the growth of noninterest income to enhance profitability and provide steady income, as fee-based services are typically non-credit related and are not generally affected by fluctuations in interest rates. Noninterest income increased in 2014 by $6.9 million, or 1.4 percent, compared to 2013 and increased in 2013 by $33.7 million, or 7.4 percent, compared to 2012. The increase in 2014 is primarily attributable to higher trust and securities processing income and bankcard fees, partially offset by decreases in gains on securities available for sale and equity earnings on alternative investments. The increase in 2013 is primarily attributable to higher trust and securities processing income and equity earnings on alternative investments, partially offset by decreases in trading and investment banking, gains on the sales of securities available for sale, and other noninterest income.

The Company’s fee-based services provide the opportunity to offer multiple products and services to customers which management believes will more closely align to the customer’s product demand with the Company. The Company’s ongoing focus is to continue to develop and offer multiple products and services to its customers. The Company is currently emphasizing fee-based services including trust and securities processing,

 

31


Table of Contents

bankcard, securities trading/brokerage and cash/treasury management. Management believes that it can offer these products and services both efficiently and profitably, as most have common platforms and support structures.

Table 6

SUMMARY OF NONINTEREST INCOME (in thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31  
                          Dollar Change     Percent Change  
     2014      2013      2012      14-13     13-12     14-13     13-12  

Trust and securities processing

   $ 288,054       $ 265,948       $ 225,094       $ 22,106      $ 40,854        8.3     18.1

Trading and investment banking

     19,398         20,641         30,359         (1,243     (9,718     (6.0     (32.0

Service charges on deposit accounts

     85,299         84,133         78,694         1,166        5,439        1.4        6.9   

Insurance fees and commissions

     3,011         3,727         4,095         (716     (368     (19.2     (9.0

Brokerage fees

     10,761         11,470         11,105         (709     365        (6.2     3.3   

Bankcard fees

     67,250         62,031         60,567         5,219        1,464        8.4        2.4   

Gains on sales of securities available for sale, net

     4,127         8,542         20,232         (4,415     (11,690     (51.7     (57.8

Equity earnings on alternative investments

     3,975         19,048         422         (15,073     18,626        (79.1     >100.0   

Other

     16,813         16,293         27,554         520        (11,261     3.2        (40.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noninterest income

   $ 498,688       $ 491,833       $ 458,122       $ 6,855      $ 33,711        1.4     7.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noninterest income and the year-over-year changes in noninterest income are summarized in Table 6 above. The dollar change and percent change columns highlight the respective net increase or decrease in the categories of noninterest income in 2014 compared to 2013, and in 2013 compared to 2012.

Trust and securities processing income consists of fees earned on personal and corporate trust accounts, custody of securities services, trust investments and investment management services, and mutual fund assets servicing. This income category increased by $22.1 million, or 8.3 percent in 2014, compared to 2013, and increased by $40.9 million, or 18.1 percent in 2013, compared to 2012. The Company increased fee income from institutional and personal investment management services by $12.8 million in 2014 and $12.7 million in 2013. Fund administration and custody services fee income increased by $8.4 million and $5.4 million in 2014 and 2013, respectively. Advisory fee income from the Scout funds decreased $1.9 million in 2014 compared to 2013 and increased $21.5 million in 2013 compared to 2012. Management continues to emphasize sales of services to both new and existing clients as well as increasing and improving the distribution channels.

Trading and investment banking income decreased by $1.2 million, or 6.0 percent in 2014, compared to 2013, and decreased $9.7 million, or 32.0 percent in 2013, compared to 2012. The income in this category is market driven and impacted by general increases or decreases in trading volume.

Gains on sales of securities available for sale decreased $4.4 million in 2014 compared to 2013 and decreased by $11.7 million in 2013 compared to 2012. The investment portfolio is continually evaluated for opportunities to improve its performance and risk profile relative to market conditions and the Company’s interest rate expectations. This can result in differences from period to period in the amount of realized gains.

Equity earnings on alternative investments decreased $15.1 million in 2014 compared to 2013 and increased $18.6 million in 2013 compared to 2012, primarily due to the change in unrealized gains on PCM investments.

 

32


Table of Contents

Other noninterest income remained flat from 2013 to 2014 and decreased $11.3 million in 2013, compared to 2012. The decrease from 2012 to 2013 was primarily due to an $8.7 million adjustment in contingent consideration liabilities on acquisitions recognized in 2012 due to the adoption of new accounting guidance in 2012 related to fair value measurements and changes in cash flow projections.

Noninterest Expense

Noninterest expense increased in 2014 by $42.7 million, or 6.8 percent, compared to 2013 and increased in 2013 by $33.7 million, or 5.7 percent, compared to 2012. The main drivers of this increase in 2014 were salaries and employee benefits expense, equipment expense, and a contingency reserve established in 2014. The increases in 2013 were salaries and employee benefits expense, equipment expense, processing fees, and other noninterest expense. Table 7 below summarizes the components of noninterest expense and the respective year-over-year changes for each category.

Table 7

SUMMARY OF NONINTEREST EXPENSE (in thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31  
                          Dollar Change     Percent Change  
     2014      2013      2012      14-13     13-12     14-13     13-12  

Salaries and employee benefits

   $ 358,569       $ 339,691       $ 319,852       $ 18,878      $ 19,839        5.6     6.2

Occupancy, net

     40,197         39,291         37,927         906        1,364        2.3        3.6   

Equipment

     53,609         49,207         43,465         4,402        5,742        8.9        13.2   

Supplies and services

     20,411         20,387         21,045         24        (658     0.1        (3.1

Marketing and business development

     24,148         22,703         24,604         1,445        (1,901     6.4        (7.7

Processing fees

     56,049         57,791         51,191         (1,742     6,600        (3.0     12.9   

Legal and consulting

     20,407         18,703         17,980         1,704        723        9.1        4.0   

Bankcard

     19,594         18,381         18,154         1,213        227        6.6        1.3   

Amortization of other intangible assets

     12,193         13,218         14,775         (1,025     (1,557     (7.8     (10.5

Regulatory fees

     10,445         9,129         9,447         1,316        (318     14.4        (3.4

Contingency reserve

     20,272         —           —           20,272        —          100.0        —     

Other

     31,032         35,677         32,014         (4,645     3,663        (13.0     11.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noninterest expense

   $ 666,926       $ 624,178       $ 590,454       $ 42,748      $ 33,724        6.8     5.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Salaries and employee benefits expense increased $18.9 million, or 5.6 percent, and $19.8 million, or 6.2 percent, in 2014 and 2013, respectively. The increase in both 2014 and 2013 is primarily due to higher employee base salaries, higher commissions and bonuses, and higher cost of benefits. Base salaries increased by $11.7 million, or 5.5 percent, in 2014, compared to the same period in 2013. Commissions and bonuses increased by $5.3 million, or 7.5 percent, in 2014, compared to the same period in 2013. Employee benefits increased by $2.0 million, or 3.3 percent, in 2014, compared to the same period in 2013.

Equipment expense increased $4.4 million, or 8.9 percent in 2014. This increase is driven by increased computer hardware and software expenses.

On June 30, 2014, the Company entered into a settlement agreement to resolve objections to its calculation of the earn-out amount owed to the sellers of PCM and a related incentive bonus calculation for the employees of PCM. As of March 31, 2014, $15.0 million of contingency reserve expense had been accrued related to this dispute. An additional $5.3 million of contingency reserve expense was recorded during the second quarter for a total estimated settlement liability of $20.3 million. Cash payments totaling $6.0 million were made on June 30,

 

33


Table of Contents

2014 for this liability with final settlement payments to be made in the third quarter of 2015. This contingency reserve is included in the Contingency reserve line on Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income. Fair value adjustments subsequent to the settlement date are included in Other noninterest expense.

Other noninterest expense decreased $4.6 million, or 13.0 percent, primarily driven by an decrease in contingent consideration liabilities on acquisitions of $4.7 million, compared to 2013.

Income Taxes

Income tax expense totaled $44.2 million, $49.5 million and $47.5 million in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. These amounts equate to effective rates of 26.8 percent, 27.0 percent and 27.9 percent for 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The decrease in the effective tax rate from 2013 to 2014 results from changes in the portion of income earned from tax-exempt municipal securities. The decrease in the effective tax rate from 2012 to 2013 is primarily attributable to federal tax credits realized.

For further information on income taxes refer to Note 16, “Income Taxes,” of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Business Segments

The Company has strategically aligned its operations into the following four reportable segments (collectively, Business Segments): Bank, Payment Solutions, Institutional Investment Management, and Asset Servicing. Business segment financial results produced by the Company’s internal management reporting system are evaluated regularly by senior executive officers in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance for individual Business Segments. The management accounting system assigns balance sheet and income statement items to each Business Segment using methodologies that are refined on an ongoing basis.

Table 8

Bank Operating Results

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Dollar
Change
    Percent
Change
 
     2014      2013      14-13     14-13  

Net interest income

   $ 292,357       $ 285,112       $ 7,245        2.5

Provision for loan losses

     9,175         5,535         3,640        65.8   

Noninterest income

     194,223         210,535         (16,312     (7.7

Noninterest expense

     405,065         376,307         28,758        7.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before taxes

     72,340         113,805         (41,465     (36.4

Income tax expense

     19,487         28,548         (9,061     (31.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 52,853       $ 85,257       $ (32,404     (38.0 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Bank net income decreased by $32.4 million, or 38.0 percent, to $52.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to the same period in 2013. Net interest income increased $7.2 million, or 2.5 percent, for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to the same period in 2013, driven by commercial, commercial real estate, and real estate construction loan growth, while being slightly offset by interest rate margin compression. Provision for loan losses increased by $3.6 million, due to characteristics of the loan portfolio driving an increased allowance for loan loss reserve for this segment. Noninterest income decreased $16.3 million, or 7.8 percent, over the same period in 2013 driven by the following decreases: unrealized gains on PCM equity method investments of $15.1 million, bond trading income of $1.5 million, securities gains of $4.4 million, card services income of $1.6 million, and deposit service charges of $1.8 million compared to the

 

34


Table of Contents

same period last year. These decreases are offset by an increase in trust and securities processing income of $7.8 million and an increase in other noninterest income of $2.3 million. The increase in trust and securities processing income is due to an increase in asset values and new business generated during the current year compared to the same period last year. The increase in other noninterest income is due to a gain on the sale of a branch property of $2.8 million in 2014.

Noninterest expense increased $28.8 million, or 7.6 percent, to $405.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to the same period in 2013. The increase in noninterest expense is primarily due to a $20.3 million contingency reserve recorded in the current year. On June 30, 2014, the Company entered into a settlement agreement to resolve objections to its calculation of the earn-out amount owed to the sellers of PCM and a related incentive bonus calculation for the employees of PCM and recorded a $20.3 million contingency reserve related to this settlement. Other increases include a $4.8 million increase in salaries and benefits and a $1.6 million increase in legal and professional fees compared to the same period last year.

Table 9

Payment Solutions Operating Results

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Dollar
Change
    Percent
Change
 
     2014      2013      14-13     14-13  

Net interest income

   $ 52,251       $ 45,832       $ 6,419        14.0

Provision for loan losses

     7,825         11,965         (4,140     (34.6

Noninterest income

     84,477         74,223         10,254        13.8   

Noninterest expense

     94,177         86,746         7,431        8.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before taxes

     34,726         21,344         13,382        62.7   

Income tax expense

     9,311         6,739         2,572        38.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 25,415       $ 14,605       $ 10,810        74.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2014, Payment Solutions net income increased $10.8 million, or 74.0 percent, to $25.4 million compared to the same period in 2013. Net interest income increased $6.4 million, or 14.0 percent and provision for loan losses decreased $4.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to the same period in 2013. Noninterest income increased $10.3 million, or 13.8 percent, driven by an increase in card services income of $6.8 million and an increase in deposit service charges of $3.0 million. Noninterest expense increased by $7.4 million, or 8.6 percent, primarily due to increased staffing, technology, occupancy, and bankcard fraud loss expenses compared to the same period last year.

Table 10

Institutional Investment Management Operating Results

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Dollar
Change
     Percent
Change
 
     2014     2013     14-13      14-13  

Net interest income

   $ (3   $ (32   $ 29         90.6

Provision for loan losses

     —          —          —           —     

Noninterest income

     131,226        126,442        4,784         3.8   

Noninterest expense

     92,008        88,336        3,672         4.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before taxes

     39,215        38,074        1,141         3.0   

Income tax expense

     10,331        10,002        329         3.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 28,884      $ 28,072      $ 812         2.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

35


Table of Contents

For the year ended December 31, 2014, Institutional Investment Management net income increased $0.8 million, or 2.9 percent, compared to the same period last year. Noninterest income increased $4.8 million, or 3.8 percent, due to a $7.8 million increase in advisory fees from separately managed accounts, offset by a $1.9 million decrease in advisory fees from the Scout funds. Scout assets under management remained flat at $31.2 billion as of December 31, 2014, compared to December 31, 2013. However, the mix of assets under management in Scout has shifted between the two year ends, and the mix as of December 31, 2014 is more heavily weighted towards fixed income assets compared to equity assets. The increase in noninterest expense of $3.7 million, or 4.2 percent, over the prior year was primarily due to a $4.7 million increase in salaries and benefits and a $0.6 million increase in marketing and business development expenses, offset by a $2.1 million decrease in processing fees due to a decrease in fees paid by the advisor to third-party distributors of the Scout funds.

Table 11

Asset Servicing Operating Results

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Dollar
Change
     Percent
Change
 
     2014      2013      14-13      14-13  

Net interest income

   $ 5,450       $ 2,357       $ 3,093         131.2

Provision for loan losses

     —           —           —           —     

Noninterest income

     88,762         80,633         8,129         10.1   

Noninterest expense

     75,676         72,789         2,887         4.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before taxes

     18,536         10,201         8,335         81.7   

Income tax expense

     5,033         4,170         863         20.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 13,503       $ 6,031       $ 7,472         123.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2014, Asset Servicing net income increased $7.5 million, or 123.9 percent, to $13.5 million as compared to 2013. Net interest income increased $3.1 million compared to last year. Noninterest income increased $8.1 million, or 10.1 percent, due to an $8.4 million, or 10.5 percent, increase in fee income from growth in asset and transaction-based fees and new business in fund administration, alternative investment and custody services. As of December 31, 2014, assets under administration totaled $198.3 billion compared to $191.0 billion at December 31, 2013, an increase of 3.8 percent. Noninterest expense increased $2.9 million, or 4.0 percent, due to increased salaries and benefits of $1.8 million, increased occupancy expenses of $0.9 million, and increased operations and technology expenses of $1.9 million to support business growth. These increases were offset by a $2.8 million decrease in fair value adjustments to the contingent consideration liability on acquisitions prior to the final contingency consideration payment in April 2013.

Balance Sheet Analysis

Loans and Loans Held For Sale

Loans represent the Company’s largest source of interest income. In addition to growing the commercial loan portfolio, management believes its middle market commercial business and its consumer business, including home equity and credit card loan products, are the market niches that represent its best opportunity to cross-sell fee-related services. Loan balances held for investment increased by $945.3 million, or 14.5 percent, in 2014. The increase in total loans is driven by the Company’s focus on generating higher-yielding assets by shifting assets from the securities portfolio to the loan portfolio. Commercial, commercial real estate loans, and construction real estate loans had the most significant growth in outstanding balances in 2014, compared to 2013.

 

36


Table of Contents

Table 12

ANALYSIS OF LOANS BY TYPE (in thousands)

 

    December 31  
    2014     2013     2012     2011     2010  

Commercial

  $ 3,814,009      $ 3,301,503      $ 2,873,694      $ 2,234,817      $ 1,937,052   

Commercial—credit card

    115,709        103,270        104,320        95,339        84,544   

Real estate—construction

    256,006        152,875        78,486        84,590        128,520   

Real estate—commercial

    1,866,301        1,702,151        1,435,811        1,394,555        1,294,897   

Leases

    39,090        23,981        19,084        3,834        7,055   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total business-related

    6,091,115        5,283,780        4,511,395        3,813,135        3,452,068   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Real estate—residential

    319,827        289,356        212,363        185,886        193,157   

Real estate—HELOC

    643,586        566,128        573,923        533,032        476,057   

Consumer—credit card

    310,296        318,336        334,518        333,646        322,208   

Consumer—other

    100,970        62,912        54,550        94,644        140,193   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total consumer-related

    1,374,679        1,236,732        1,175,354        1,147,208        1,131,615   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans before allowance and loans held for sale

    7,465,794        6,520,512        5,686,749        4,960,343        4,583,683   

Allowance for loan losses

    (76,140     (74,751     (71,426     (72,017     (73,952
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loans before loans held for sale

    7,389,654        6,445,761        5,615,323        4,888,326        4,509,731   

Loans held for sale

    624        1,357        3,877        10,215        14,414   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loans and loans held for sale

  $ 7,390,278      $ 6,447,118      $ 5,619,200      $ 4,898,541      $ 4,524,145   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As a % of total loans and loans held for sale

         

Commercial

    51.08     50.63     50.49     44.96     42.13

Commercial—credit card

    1.55        1.58        1.83        1.92        1.84   

Real estate—construction

    3.43        2.34        1.38        1.70        2.80   

Real estate—commercial

    25.00        26.10        25.23        28.06        28.16   

Leases

    0.52        0.37        0.34        0.08        0.15   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total business-related

    81.58        81.02        79.27        76.72        75.08   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Real estate—residential

    4.28        4.44        3.73        3.74        4.20   

Real estate—HELOC

    8.62        8.68        10.09        10.72        10.35   

Consumer—credit card

    4.16        4.88        5.88        6.71        7.01   

Consumer—other

    1.35        0.96        0.96        1.90        3.05   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total consumer-related

    18.41        18.96        20.66        23.07        24.61   

Loans held for sale

    0.01        0.02        0.07        0.21        0.31   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans and loans held for sale

    100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Included in Table 12 is a five-year breakdown of loans by type. Business-related loans continue to represent the largest segment of the Company’s loan portfolio, comprising approximately 81.6 percent and 81.0 percent of total loans and loans held for sale at the end of 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Commercial loans represent the largest percent of total loans. Commercial loans have increased $512.5 million, or 15.5 percent, to 51.1 percent of total loans compared to 50.6 percent in 2013. The Company has also increased its capacity to lend through increased commitments over 2013. Commercial line utilization has remained low due to the current economic conditions.

As a percentage of total loans, commercial real estate and construction real estate loans now comprise 28.4 percent of total loans, which is the same as at the end of 2013. Commercial real estate increased $164.2 million,

 

37


Table of Contents

or 9.6 percent, and construction real estate loans increased $103.1 million, or 67.5 percent, compared to 2013. Generally, these loans are made for working capital or expansion purposes and are primarily secured by real estate with a maximum loan-to-value of 80 percent. Most of these properties are owner-occupied and/or have other collateral or guarantees as security.

HELOC loans increased $77.5 million, or 13.7 percent, and represent 8.6 percent of total loans, and residential real estate increased $30.5 million, or 10.5 percent, and represent 4.3 percent of total loans.

Nonaccrual, past due and restructured loans are discussed under “Credit Risk” within the Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk in Item 7A on page 54 of this report.

Investment Securities

The Company’s security portfolio provides liquidity as a result of the composition and cash flow characteristics of the underlying securities. This liquidity can be used to fund loan growth or to offset the outflow of traditional funding sources. In addition to providing a potential source of liquidity, the security portfolio can be used as a tool to manage interest rate sensitivity. The Company’s goal in the management of its securities portfolio is to maximize return within the Company’s parameters of liquidity goals, interest rate risk and credit risk. The Company maintains high liquidity levels while investing in only high-grade securities. The security portfolio generates the Company’s second largest component of interest income.

Securities available for sale and securities held to maturity comprised 44.0 percent and 44.5 percent of earning assets as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Total investment securities were $7.3 billion and $7.1 billion at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Management expects deposit balance changes, loan demand, and collateral pledging requirements for public funds to be the primary factors impacting changes in the level of security holdings. Of the $6.9 billion of available-for-sale securities held at December 31, 2014, $5.7 billion were pledged to secure U.S. Government deposits, other public deposits, certain trust deposits, and other potential borrowings as required by law. Of the total pledged amount, securities with a market value of $1.2 billion at December 31, 2014 were pledged at the Federal Reserve Discount Window but were unencumbered as of that date.

Securities available for sale comprised 94.9 percent of the Company’s investment securities portfolio at December 31, 2014, compared to 95.9 percent at year-end 2013. Securities available for sale had a net unrealized gain of $17.9 million at year-end, compared to a net unrealized loss of $52.1 million the preceding year. This market value change primarily reflects the impact of mid and longer-term market interest rate decreases as of December 31, 2014, compared to December 31, 2013. These amounts are reflected, on an after-tax basis, in the Company’s other comprehensive income in shareholders’ equity, as an unrealized gain of $11.0 million at year-end 2014, compared to an unrealized loss of $32.6 million for 2013.

The securities portfolio achieved an average yield on a tax-equivalent basis of 1.9 percent for 2014, compared to 2.0 percent in 2013, and 2.1 percent in 2012. The decrease in yield is due to the replacement of higher yielding securities with lower yielding securities as the investment portfolio is reinvested. The average life of the available-for-sale securities portfolio was 43.6 months at December 31, 2014, compared to 47.6 months at year-end 2013. The decrease in average life from December 31, 2013 to December 31, 2014, was related primarily to reinvesting portfolio cash flows in shorter duration securities as well as the shortening of the average life of mortgage-backed securities due to faster prepayment rates resulting from market interest rate decreases during 2014.

Included in Tables 13 and 14 are analyses of the cost, fair value and average yield (tax-equivalent basis) of securities available for sale and securities held to maturity.

The securities portfolio contains securities that have unrealized losses and are not deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired (see the table of these securities in Note 4, “Securities,” to the Consolidated Financial

 

38


Table of Contents

Statements on page 80 of this document). The unrealized losses in the Company’s investments in direct obligations of U.S. Treasury obligations, U.S. government agencies, federal agency mortgage-backed securities, municipal securities, and corporates were caused by changes in interest rates. The Company does not have the intent to sell these securities and does not believe it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell these securities before a recovery of fair value. The Company expects to recover its cost basis in the securities and does not consider these investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2014.

Table 13

SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE (in thousands)

 

December 31, 2014

   Amortized Cost      Fair Value  

U.S. Treasury

   $ 519,484       $ 519,460   

U.S. Agencies

     991,084         990,689   

Mortgage-backed

     3,276,009         3,277,604   

State and political subdivisions

     1,983,549         2,001,357   

Corporates

     124,096         122,826   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,894,222       $ 6,911,936   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2013

   Amortized Cost      Fair Value  

U.S. Treasury

   $ 110,789       $ 110,200   

U.S. Agencies

     1,258,176         1,257,663   

Mortgage-backed

     2,984,963         2,944,566   

State and political subdivisions

     2,003,509         1,995,246   

Corporates

     457,275         454,736   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,814,712       $ 6,762,411   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

   Amortized Cost      Fair Value  

U.S. Treasury

   $ 116,856       $ 117,851   

U.S. Agencies

     1,019,640         1,026,115   

Mortgage-backed

     3,480,006         3,556,193   

State and political subdivisions

     1,842,715         1,892,684   

Corporates

     337,706         338,887   

Commercial Paper

     5,733         5,733   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,802,656       $ 6,937,463   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     U.S. Treasury Securities     U.S. Agency Securities  

December 31, 2014

   Fair Value      Weighted
Average
Yield
    Fair Value      Weighted
Average
Yield
 

Due in one year or less

   $ 82,990         0.29   $ 182,699         0.63

Due after 1 year through 5 years

     431,492         0.67        807,990         0.72   

Due after 5 years through 10 years

     4,978         1.75        —           —     

Due after 10 years

     —           —          —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 519,460         0.62   $ 990,689         0.70
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

39


Table of Contents
     Mortgage-backed
Securities
    State and Political
Subdivisions
 

December 31, 2014

   Fair Value      Weighted
Average
Yield
    Fair Value      Weighted
Average
Yield
 

Due in one year or less

   $ 63,114         3.25   $ 343,741         1.98

Due after 1 year through 5 years

     2,567,443         2.06        868,959         2.40   

Due after 5 years through 10 years

     626,017         2.10        677,431         3.05   

Due after 10 years

     21,030         3.32        111,226         3.26   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,277,604         2.09   $ 2,001,357         2.58
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Corporates  

December 31, 2014

   Fair Value      Weighted
Average
Yield
 

Due in one year or less

   $ —           —  

Due after 1 year through 5 years

     122,826         1.13   

Due after 5 years through 10 years

     —           —     

Due after 10 years

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 122,826         1.13
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     U.S. Treasury
Securities
    U.S. Agency
Securities
 

December 31, 2013

   Fair Value      Weighted
Average
Yield
    Fair Value      Weighted
Average
Yield
 

Due in one year or less

   $ 150         1.01   $ 218,900         0.92

Due after 1 year through 5 years

     105,420         0.87        1,038,763         0.71   

Due after 5 years through 10 years

     4,630         1.75        —           —     

Due after 10 years

     —           —          —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 110,200         0.91   $ 1,257,663         0.74
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Mortgage-backed
Securities
    State and Political
Subdivisions
 

December 31, 2013

   Fair Value      Weighted
Average
Yield
    Fair Value      Weighted
Average
Yield
 

Due in one year or less

   $ 27,917         2.59   $ 288,887         2.51

Due after 1 year through 5 years

     2,561,318         2.11        806,912         2.63   

Due after 5 years through 10 years

     340,202         1.87        741,422         3.02   

Due after 10 years

     15,129         3.28        158,025         3.18   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,944,566         2.09   $ 1,995,246         2.80
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Corporates  

December 31, 2013

   Fair Value      Weighted
Average
Yield
 

Due in one year or less

   $ 17,894         0.57

Due after 1 year through 5 years

     436,842         0.99   

Due after 5 years through 10 years

     —           —     

Due after 10 years

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 454,736         0.97
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

40


Table of Contents
     U.S. Treasury
Securities
    U.S. Agency
Securities
 

December 31, 2012

   Fair Value      Weighted
Average
Yield
    Fair Value      Weighted
Average
Yield
 

Due in one year or less

   $ 2,005         0.98   $ 252,983         1.03

Due after 1 year through 5 years

     96,026         0.89        773,132         0.87   

Due after 5 years through 10 years

     19,820         1.67        —           —     

Due after 10 years

     —           —          —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 117,851         1.02   $ 1,026,115         0.91
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Mortgage-backed
Securities
    State and Political
Subdivisions
 

December 31, 2012

   Fair Value      Weighted
Average
Yield
    Fair Value      Weighted
Average
Yield
 

Due in one year or less

   $ 56,799         3.04   $ 217,581         2.96

Due after 1 year through 5 years

     3,325,225         2.11        826,808         2.84   

Due after 5 years through 10 years

     171,013         1.89        692,953         3.23   

Due after 10 years

     3,156         3.34        155,342         3.25   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,556,193         2.11   $ 1,892,684         3.03
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Corporates     Commercial Paper  

December 31, 2012

   Fair Value      Weighted
Average
Yield
    Fair Value      Weighted
Average
Yield
 

Due in one year or less

   $ 37,723         1.06   $ 5,733         0.40

Due after 1 year through 5 years

     301,164         1.09        —           —     

Due after 5 years through 10 years

     —           —          —           —     

Due after 10 years

     —           —          —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 338,887         1.09   $ 5,733         0.40
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

41


Table of Contents

Table 14

SECURITIES HELD TO MATURITY (in thousands)

 

December 31, 2014

   Amortized
Cost
     Fair Value      Weighted Average
Yield/Average Maturity

Due in one year or less

   $ 15       $ 16       2.75%

Due after 1 year through 5 years

     31,389         34,331       2.89

Due after 5 years through 10 years

     165,062         180,531       2.68

Due over 10 years

     81,588         89,234       2.92
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

Total

   $ 278,054       $ 304,112       9 yr. 1 mo.
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

December 31, 2013

                  

Due in one year or less

   $ 40       $ 44       2.84%

Due after 1 year through 5 years

     31,387         34,640       2.46

Due after 5 years through 10 years

     97,929         108,078       2.89

Due over 10 years

     80,414         88,748       2.97
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

Total

   $ 209,770       $ 231,510       10 yr. 4 mo.
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

December 31, 2012

                  

Due in one year or less

   $ 1,751       $ 1,976       4.81%

Due after 1 year through 5 years

     31,802         35,887       3.06

Due after 5 years through 10 years

     28,084         31,691       3.21

Due over 10 years

     53,119         59,941       3.14
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

Total

   $ 114,756       $ 129,495       10 yr. 8 mo.
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

FEDERAL RESERVE BANK STOCK AND OTHER SECURITIES (in thousands)

 

2014

   Amortized
Cost
     Fair Value  

FRB and FHLB stock

   $ 26,279       $ 26,279   

Other securities—marketable

     —           16,668   

Other securities—non-marketable

     21,669         25,527   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Federal Reserve Bank stock and other

   $ 47,948       $ 68,474   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

2013

             

FRB stock

   $ 16,279       $ 16,279   

Other securities—marketable

     20         16,632   

Other securities—non-marketable

     17,139         17,571   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Federal Reserve Bank stock and other

   $ 33,438       $ 50,482   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

2012

             

FRB stock

   $ 11,779       $ 11,779   

Other securities—non-marketable

     14,281         14,554   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Federal Reserve Bank stock and other

   $ 26,060       $ 26,333   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other marketable and non-marketable securities include PCM alternative investments in hedge funds and private equity funds, which are accounted for as equity-method investments. The fair value of other marketable

 

42


Table of Contents

securities includes alternative investment securities of $16.7 million at December 31, 2014, compared to $16.6 million at December 31, 2013. The fair value of other non-marketable securities includes the alternative investment securities fair value of $8.5 million at December 31, 2014 and $4.7 million at December 31, 2013.

Other Earning Assets

Federal funds transactions essentially are overnight loans between financial institutions, which allow for either the daily investment of excess funds or the daily borrowing of another institution’s funds in order to meet short-term liquidity needs. The net borrowed position was $19.4 million at December 31, 2014, and $1.0 million at December 31, 2013.

The Bank buys and sells federal funds as agent for non-affiliated banks. Because the transactions are pursuant to agency arrangements, these transactions do not appear on the balance sheet and averaged $221.8 million in 2014 and $270.1 million in 2013.

At December 31, 2014, the Company held securities purchased under agreements to resell of $95.5 million compared to $75.2 million at year end 2013. The Company used these instruments as short-term secured investments, in lieu of selling federal funds, or to acquire securities required for collateral purposes. These investments averaged $41.8 million in 2014 and $31.8 million in 2013.

The Company also maintains an active securities trading inventory. The average holdings in the securities trading inventory in 2014 were $32.2 million, compared to $56.0 million in 2013, and were recorded at market value. As discussed in the “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk—Trading Account” in Part II, Item 7A on page 54, the Company offsets the trading account securities by the sale of exchange-traded financial futures contracts, with both the trading account and futures contracts marked to market daily.

Interest-bearing due from banks totaled $1.5 billion as of December 31, 2014 compared to $2.1 billion as of December 31, 2013 and includes amounts due from the Federal Reserve Bank and interest-bearing accounts held at other financial institutions. The amount due from the Federal Reserve Bank totaled $1.3 billion and $2.1 billion at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The interest-bearing accounts held at other financial institutions totaled $196.5 million and $32.0 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Deposits and Borrowed Funds

Deposits represent the Company’s primary funding source for its asset base. In addition to the core deposits garnered by the Company’s retail branch structure, the Company continues to focus on its cash management services, as well as its asset management and mutual fund servicing segments in order to attract and retain additional core deposits. Deposits totaled $13.6 billion at December 31, 2014 and 2013. Deposits averaged $12.7 billion in 2014 and $11.9 billion in 2013. The Company continually strives to expand, improve and promote its cash management services in order to attract and retain commercial funding customers.

Noninterest-bearing demand deposits averaged $5.2 billion in 2014 and $4.7 billion in 2013. These deposits represented 40.9 percent of average deposits in 2014, compared to 39.5 percent in 2013. The Company’s large commercial customer base provides a significant source of noninterest-bearing deposits. Many of these commercial accounts do not earn interest; however, they receive an earnings credit to offset the cost of other services provided by the Company.

 

43


Table of Contents

Table 15

MATURITIES OF TIME DEPOSITS OF $100,000 OR MORE (in thousands)

 

     December 31  
     2014      2013      2012  

Maturing within 3 months

   $ 498,104       $ 574,689       $ 364,449   

After 3 months but within 6 months

     87,923         103,730         99,700   

After 6 months but within 12 months

     94,196         104,883         122,514   

After 12 months

     158,441         174,548         155,402   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 838,664       $ 957,850       $ 742,065   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Table 16

ANALYSIS OF AVERAGE DEPOSITS (in thousands)

 

     December 31  
      2014     2013     2012  

Amount

      

Noninterest-bearing demand

   $ 5,196,529      $ 4,709,643      $ 4,256,618   

Interest-bearing demand and savings

     6,403,504        6,073,516        5,021,526   

Time deposits under $100,000

     449,462        527,281        577,656   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total core deposits

     12,049,495        11,310,440        9,855,800   

Time deposits of $100,000 or more

     641,778        619,878        665,858   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits

   $ 12,691,273      $ 11,930,318      $ 10,521,658   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As a % of total deposits

      

Noninterest-bearing demand

     40.95     39.48     40.46

Interest-bearing demand and savings

     50.45        50.90        47.72   

Time deposits under $100,000

     3.54        4.42        5.49   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total core deposits

     94.94        94.80        93.67   

Time deposits of $100,000 or more

     5.06        5.20        6.33   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits

     100.00     100.00     100.00
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Repurchase agreements are transactions involving the exchange of investment funds by the customer for securities by the Company, under an agreement to repurchase the same issues at an agreed-upon price and date. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and federal funds purchased totaled $2.0 billion at December 31, 2014, and $1.6 billion at December 31, 2013. These agreements averaged $1.5 billion and $1.6 billion in 2014 and 2013, respectively. The Company enters into these transactions with its downstream correspondent banks, commercial customers, and various trust, mutual fund and local government relationships.

 

44


Table of Contents

Table 17

SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS (in thousands)

 

     2014     2013     2012  
      Amount      Rate     Amount      Rate     Amount      Rate  

At December 31:

               

Federal funds purchased

   $ 42,048         0.06   $ 12,834         0.04   $ —           —  

Repurchase agreements

     1,983,084         0.19        1,570,384         0.19        1,787,270         0.33   

Other

     —           —          107         5.89        —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,025,132         0.18   $ 1,583,325         0.19   $ 1,787,270         0.33
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Average for year:

               

Federal funds purchased

   $ 41,269         0.07   $ 56,934         0.08   $ 35,589         0.06

Repurchase agreements

     1,493,769         0.11        1,556,650         0.11        1,374,888         0.14   

Other

     —           —          224         5.36        5,656         1.17   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,535,038         0.11   $ 1,613,808         0.11   $ 1,416,133         0.14
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Maximum month-end balance:

               

Federal funds purchased

   $ 265,804         $ 109,466         $ 65,343      

Repurchase agreements

     1,983,084           2,048,513           1,787,270      

Capital Resources and Liquidity

The Company places a significant emphasis on the maintenance of a strong capital position, which promotes investor confidence, provides access to funding sources under favorable terms, and enhances the Company’s ability to capitalize on business growth and acquisition opportunities. Higher levels of liquidity, however, bear corresponding costs, measured in terms of lower yields on short-term, more liquid earning assets and higher expenses for extended liability maturities. The Company manages capital for each subsidiary based upon the subsidiary’s respective risks and growth opportunities as well as regulatory requirements.

Total shareholders’ equity was $1.6 billion at December 31, 2014, compared to $1.5 billion at December 31, 2013. During each year, management has the opportunity to repurchase shares of the Company’s stock if it concludes that the repurchases would enhance overall shareholder value. The Company’s Board of Directors authorized, at its April 22, 2014 and April 23, 2013 meetings, the repurchase of up to two million shares of the Company’s common stock during the twelve month periods following each of the meetings. During 2014 and 2013, the Company acquired 97,609 shares and 66,462 shares of its common stock, respectively. The Company has not made any purchases other than through these plans.

The Company became a member bank of the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) of Des Moines in March 2014. Through this relationship, the Company purchased $10.0 million of FHLB stock and has access to additional liquidity and funding sources through FHLB advances. The Company’s borrowing capacity is dependent upon the amount of collateral the Company places at the FHLB. On December 24, 2014, the FHLB issued a 30-day letter of credit of $150.0 million on behalf of the Company to secure public fund deposits, which expired on January 23, 2015. The letter of credit reduced the Company’s borrowing capacity with the FHLB from $483 million to $333 million as of December 31, 2014. The Company had no outstanding FHLB advances as of December 31, 2014.

On December 15, 2014, the Company entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the Merger Agreement) with Marquette Financial Companies, a Minnesota corporation (Marquette), the beneficial owners of all of the outstanding shares of Marquette, and Lakes Merger Sub LLC, a Missouri limited liability company and wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. The Merger Agreement and the merger were unanimously approved by the boards of directors of the Company and Marquette. Pending regulatory approval, the merger is expected to

 

45


Table of Contents

close in mid-2015, and subject to the terms and conditions of the Merger Agreement, each share of Marquette common stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the merger will be converted into the right to receive 9.131 shares of the Company’s common stock, or approximately 3.4 million shares of the Company’s common stock in the aggregate, subject to an adjustment as provided in the Merger Agreement. The market value of the shares to be issued in connection with the merger was approximately $182.5 million, based on the Company’s closing stock price of $53.16 on December 12, 2014.

Risk-based capital guidelines established by regulatory agencies set minimum capital standards based on the level of risk associated with a financial institution’s assets. A financial institution’s total capital is required to equal at least 8 percent of risk-weighted assets. At least half of that 8 percent must consist of Tier 1 core capital, and the remainder may be Tier 2 supplementary capital. The risk-based capital guidelines indicate the specific risk weightings by type of asset. Certain off-balance-sheet items (such as standby letters of credit and binding loan commitments) are multiplied by credit conversion factors to translate them into balance sheet equivalents before assigning them specific risk weightings. Due to the Company’s high level of core capital and substantial portion of earning assets invested in government securities, the Tier 1 capital ratio of 13.29 percent and total capital ratio of 14.04 percent substantially exceed the regulatory minimums.

The Company is also required to maintain a leverage ratio equal to or greater than 4 percent. The leverage ratio is Tier 1 core capital to total average assets less goodwill and intangibles. The Company’s leverage ratio of 8.72 percent as of December 31, 2014 substantially exceeds the regulatory minimum.

In July 2013 the Federal Reserve approved a final rule to implement in the United States the Basel III regulatory capital reforms from the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and certain changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act. The final rule increases minimum requirements for both the quantity and quality of capital held by banking organizations. The rule includes a new minimum ratio of common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 4.5% and a common equity Tier 1 capital conservation buffer of 2.5% of risk-weighted assets.

The final rule substantially revises the risk-based capital requirements applicable to bank holding companies and depository institutions, including the Company and UMB Bank, n.a., compared to the current U.S. risk-based capital rules. The rule defines the components of capital and addresses other issues affecting the numerator in banking institutions’ regulatory capital ratios. The rules also address risk weights and other issues affecting the denominator in banking institutions’ regulatory capital ratios and replaces the existing risk-weighting approach to enhance risk sensitivity.

Beginning January 1, 2015, the Company must be compliant with revised minimum regulatory capital ratios and began the transitional period for definitions of regulatory capital and regulatory capital adjustments and deductions established under the final rule. Compliance with the risk-weighted asset calculations was required on January 1, 2015. The impact of these new rules will require the Company to maintain capital in excess of current “well-capitalized” regulatory standards. The Company’s capital ratios are higher than those required in the final rule.

For further discussion of capital and liquidity, see the “Liquidity Risk” section of Item 7A, Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk on page 56 of this report.

 

46


Table of Contents

Table 18

RISK-BASED CAPITAL (in thousands)

This table computes risk-based capital in accordance with current regulatory guidelines. These guidelines as of December 31, 2014, excluded net unrealized gains or losses on securities available for sale from the computation of regulatory capital and the related risk-based capital ratios.

 

     Risk-Weighted Category  
     0%     20%      50%     100%      Total  

Risk-Weighted Assets

            

Loans held for sale

   $ —        $ —         $ 624      $ —         $ 624   

Loans and leases

     —          46,848         367,125        7,051,821         7,465,794   

Securities available for sale

     1,673,427        5,050,135         46,565        124,096         6,894,223   

Securities held to maturity

     —          278,054         —          —           278,054   

Federal funds and resell agreements

     —          118,105         —          —           118,105   

Trading securities

     400        1,316         7,381        18,106         27,203   

Cash and due from banks

     1,608,520        375,165         —          —           1,983,685   

All other assets

     16,279        —           —          521,672         537,951   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Category totals

     3,298,626        5,869,623         421,695        7,715,695         17,305,639   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Risk-weighted totals

     —          1,173,925         210,848        7,715,695         9,100,468   

Off-balance-sheet items (risk-weighted)

     —          3,527         2,963        1,377,623         1,384,113   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total risk-weighted assets

   $ —        $ 1,177,452       $ 213,811      $ 9,093,318       $ 10,484,581   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Tier 1     Tier 2      Total               

Regulatory Capital

            

Shareholders’ equity

   $ 1,643,758      $ —         $ 1,643,758        

Accumulated other comprehensive gains

     (11,006     —           (11,006     

Disallowed goodwill and intangibles

     (238,820     —           (238,820     

Disallowed servicing assets and purchased credit card relationships

     (543     —           (543     

Allowance for loan losses (1)

     —          78,242         78,242        
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

      

Total capital

   $ 1,393,389      $ 78,242       $ 1,471,631        
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

      
                  Company               

Capital ratios

            

Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets

          13.29     

Total capital to risk-weighted assets

          14.04     

Leverage ratio (Tier 1 to total average assets less goodwill and intangibles)

          8.72     
       

 

 

      

 

(1) Amount is inclusive of a reserve for off-balance sheet arrangements.

For further discussion of regulatory capital requirements, see Note 10, “Regulatory Requirements” within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements under Item 8 on pages 87 and 88.

 

47


Table of Contents

Commitments, Contractual Obligations and Off-balance Sheet Arrangements

The Company’s main off-balance sheet arrangements are loan commitments, commercial and standby letters of credit, futures contracts and forward exchange contracts, which have maturity dates rather than payment due dates. These commitments and contingent liabilities are not required to be recorded on the Company’s balance sheet. Since commitments associated with letters of credit and lending and financing arrangements may expire unused, the amounts shown do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements. See Table 19 below, as well as Note 14, “Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements under Item 8 on pages 94 through 96 for detailed information and further discussion of these arrangements. Management does not anticipate any material losses from its off-balance sheet arrangements.

Table 19

COMMITMENTS, CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS AND OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS (in thousands)

The table below details the contractual obligations for the Company as of December 31, 2014. The Company has no capital leases or long-term purchase obligations. Includes principal payments only.

 

     Payments due by Period  
      Total      Less than 1
year
     1-3 years      3-5 years      More
than 5
years
 

Contractual Obligations

              

Fed funds purchased and repurchase agreements

   $ 2,025,132       $ 2,025,132       $ —         $ —         $ —     

Short-term debt obligations

     —           —           —           —           —     

Long-term debt obligations

     8,810         1,584         2,804         2,203         2,219   

Operating lease obligations

     73,473         9,325         16,961         15,571         31,616   

Time deposits

     1,263,589         968,131         206,115         87,152         2,191   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,371,004       $ 3,004,172       $ 225,880       $ 104,926       $ 36,026   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Maturities due by Period  
     Total      Less than 1
year
     1-3 years      3-5 years      More than
5 years
 

Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees

              

Commitments to extend credit for loans (excluding credit card loans)

   $ 3,509,841       $ 1,139,174       $ 685,698       $ 898,050       $ 786,919   

Commitments to extend credit under credit card loans

     2,690,752         2,690,752         —           —           —     

Commercial letters of credit

     1,334         1,334         —           —           —     

Standby letters of credit

     375,003         267,863         87,838         18,996         306   

Futures contracts

     —           —           —           —           —     

Forward contracts

     144,950         144,950         —           —           —     

Spot foreign exchange contracts

     14,721         14,721         —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,736,601       $ 4,258,794       $ 773,536       $ 917,046       $ 787,225   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2014, our total liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits were $4.0 million. The Company cannot reasonably estimate the timing of the future payments of these liabilities. Therefore, these liabilities have been excluded from the table above. See Note 16, “Income Taxes,” to the consolidated financial statements for information regarding the liabilities associated with unrecognized tax benefits.

 

48


Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of financial condition and results of operations discusses the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of these Consolidated Financial Statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the Consolidated Financial Statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. On an on-going basis, management evaluates its estimates and judgments, including those related to customers and suppliers, allowance for loan losses, bad debts, investments, financing operations, long-lived assets, taxes, other contingencies and litigation. Management bases its estimates and judgments on historical experience and on various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which have formed the basis for making such judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Under different assumptions or conditions, actual results may differ from the recorded estimates.

Management believes that the Company’s critical accounting policies are those relating to: the allowance for loan losses, goodwill and other intangibles, revenue recognition, accounting for uncertainty in income taxes, and fair value measurements.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The Company’s allowance for loan losses represents management’s judgment of the loan losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The allowance is reviewed quarterly, considering both quantitative and qualitative factors such as historical trends, internal ratings, migration analysis, current economic conditions, loan growth and individual impairment testing.

Larger commercial loans are individually reviewed for potential impairment. For these loans, if management deems it probable that the borrower cannot meet its contractual obligations with respect to payment or timing such loans are deemed to be impaired under current accounting standards. Such loans are then reviewed for potential impairment based on management’s estimate of the borrower’s ability to repay the loan given the availability of cash flows, collateral and other legal options. Any allowance related to the impairment of an individually impaired loan is based on the present value of discounted expected future cash flows, the fair value of the underlying collateral, or the fair value of the loan. Based on this analysis, some loans that are classified as impaired do not have a specific allowance as the discounted expected future cash flows or the fair value of the underlying collateral exceeds the Company’s basis in the impaired loan.

The Company also maintains an internal risk grading system for other loans not subject to individual impairment. An estimate of the inherent loan losses on such risk-graded loans is based on a migration analysis which computes the net charge-off experience related to each risk category.

An estimate of inherent losses is computed on remaining loans based on the type of loan. Each type of loan is segregated into a pool based on the nature of such loans. This includes remaining commercial loans that have a low risk grade, as well as other homogenous loans. Homogenous loans include automobile loans, credit card loans and other consumer loans. Allowances are established for each pool based on the loan type using historical loss rates, certain statistical measures and loan growth.

An estimate of the total inherent loss is based on the above three computations. From this an adjustment can be made based on other factors management considers to be important in evaluating the probable losses in the portfolio such as general economic conditions, loan trends, risk management and loan administration and changes in internal policies. For more information on loan portfolio segments and ALL methodology refer to Note 3, “Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

49


Table of Contents

Goodwill and Other Intangibles

Goodwill is tested for impairment annually as of October 1 and more frequently whenever events or changes in circumstance indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. To test goodwill for impairment, the Company performs a qualitative assessment of each reporting unit. If the Company determines, on the basis of qualitative factors, that the fair value of the reporting unit is more likely than not greater than the carrying amount, the two-step impairment test is not required. Otherwise, the Company compares the fair value of its reporting units to their carrying amounts to determine if an impairment is indicated. If an impairment is indicated, the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill is compared to its carrying amount. An impairment loss is measured as the excess of the carrying value of a reporting unit’s goodwill over its implied fair value. As a result of such impairment tests, the Company has not recognized an impairment charge.

For customer-based identifiable intangibles, the Company amortizes the intangibles over their estimated useful lives of up to seventeen years. When facts and circumstances indicate potential impairment of amortizing intangible assets, the Company evaluates the fair value of the asset and compares it to the carrying value for possible impairment. For more information see “Goodwill and Other Intangibles” in Note 7 in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue recognition includes the recording of interest on loans and securities and is recognized based on a rate multiplied by the principal amount outstanding and also includes the impact of the amortization of related premiums and discounts. Interest accrual is discontinued when, in the opinion of management, the likelihood of collection becomes doubtful, or the loan is past due for a period of ninety days or more unless the loan is both well-secured and in the process of collection. Other noninterest income is recognized as services are performed or revenue-generating transactions are executed.

Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes

The Company is subject to income taxes in the U.S. federal and various states jurisdictions. The calculation of tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax laws and regulations in these jurisdictions. The Company records the financial statement effects of an income tax position when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on the basis of technical merits. We recognize the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax authority. The measurement of any unrecognized tax benefit is based on management’s best judgment. These liabilities may change as a result of changes in tax laws and regulations, interpretations of law by taxing authorities, and income tax examinations among other factors. Due to the complexity of these uncertainties, the ultimate resolution may differ from the current estimate of the tax liabilities. These differences will be reflected as increases or decreases to income tax expense in the period in which they are determined. See the discussion of “Liabilities Associated with Unrecognized Tax Benefits” under Note 16, “Income Taxes,” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is measured in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value include the market approach, income approach and cost approach. The market approach uses prices or relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities. The income approach involves discounting future amounts to a single present amount and is based on current market expectations about those future amounts. The cost approach is based on the amount that currently would be required to replace the service capacity of the asset.

 

50


Table of Contents

U.S. GAAP establishes a fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three broad levels. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3). An instrument’s categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the instrument’s fair value measurement. The three levels within the fair value hierarchy are described as follows:

Level 1—Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that are available at the measurement date.

Level 2—Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. Level 2 inputs include: quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability; and inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means.

Level 3—Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability for which there is little, if any, market activity at the measurement date. Unobservable inputs reflect assumptions about what market participants would use to price the asset or liability. The inputs are developed based on the best information available in the circumstances, which might include the Company’s own financial data such as internally developed pricing models and discounted cash flow methodologies, as well as instruments for which the fair value determination requires significant management judgment.

The Company’s fair value measurements involve various valuation techniques and models, which involve inputs that are observable, when available, and the most significant of which include available-for-sale, trading securities, and contingent consideration measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

Fair value pricing information obtained from third party data providers and pricing services for investment securities are reviewed for appropriateness on a periodic basis. The third party service providers are also analyzed to understand and evaluate the valuation methodologies utilized. This review includes an analysis of current market prices compared to pricing provided by the third party pricing service to assess the relative accuracy of the data provided.

ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Risk Management

Market risk is a broad term for the risk of economic loss due to adverse changes in the fair value of a financial instrument. These changes may be the result of various factors, including interest rates, foreign exchange prices, commodity prices or equity prices. Financial instruments that are subject to market risk can be classified either as held for trading or held for purposes other than trading.

The Company is subject to market risk primarily through the effect of changes in interest rates of its assets held for purposes other than trading. The following discussion of interest risk, however, combines instruments held for trading and instruments held for purposes other than trading because the instruments held for trading represent such a small portion of the Company’s portfolio that the interest rate risk associated with them is immaterial.

Interest Rate Risk

In the banking industry, a major risk exposure is changing interest rates. To minimize the effect of interest rate changes to net interest income and exposure levels to economic losses, the Company manages its exposure to changes in interest rates through asset and liability management within guidelines established by its Asset Liability Committee (ALCO) and approved by the Company’s Board of Directors. The ALCO is responsible for

 

51


Table of Contents

approving and ensuring compliance with asset/liability management policies, including interest rate exposure. The Company’s primary method for measuring and analyzing consolidated interest rate risk is the Net Interest Income Simulation Analysis. The Company also uses a Net Portfolio Value model to measure market value risk under various rate change scenarios and a gap analysis to measure maturity and repricing relationships between interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities at specific points in time. The Company does not use hedges or swaps to manage interest rate risk except for limited use of futures contracts to offset interest rate risk on certain securities held in its trading portfolio and one fair value hedge as disclosed in Note 17 “Derivatives and Hedging Activities” to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

Overall, the Company attempts to manage interest rate risk by positioning the balance sheet to maximize net interest income while maintaining an acceptable level of interest rate and credit risk, remaining mindful of the relationship among profitability, liquidity, interest rate risk and credit risk.

Net Interest Income Modeling

The Company’s primary interest rate risk tool, the Net Interest Income Simulation Analysis, measures interest rate risk and the effect of interest rate changes on net interest income and net interest margin. This analysis incorporates all of the Company’s assets and liabilities together with forecasted changes in the balance sheet and assumptions that reflect the current interest rate environment. Through these simulations, management estimates the impact on net interest income of a 300 basis point upward or a 100 basis point downward gradual change (e.g. ramp) of market interest rates over a one year period. Assumptions are made to project rates for new loans and deposits based on historical analysis, management outlook and repricing strategies. Asset prepayments and other market risks are developed from industry estimates of prepayment speeds and other market changes. The results of these simulations can be significantly influenced by assumptions utilized and management evaluates the sensitivity of the simulation results on a regular basis.

Table 20 shows the expected net interest income increase or decrease over the next twelve months as of December 31, 2014 and 2013.

Table 20

MARKET RISK (in thousands)

 

     Net Interest Income  

Rate Change in Basis Points

   December 31,  2014
Amount of
Change
     December 31,  2013
Amount of
Change
 

300

   $ 23,416       $ 11,794   

200

     15,927         8,030   

100

     8,383         4,025   

Static

     —           —     

(100)

     N/A         N/A   

The Company is positioned to benefit from increases in interest rates. Net interest income is projected to increase in rising rate scenarios due to yields on earning assets increasing more due to changes in market rates than the cost of paying liabilities is projected to increase. The Company’s ability to price deposits in a rising rate environment consistent with our history is a key assumption in these scenarios. Due to the already low interest rate environment, the Company did not include a 100 basis point falling scenario. There is little room for projected yields on liabilities to decrease. In the above scenarios, market rates increase in a gradual ramp over 12 months until reaching the maximum change.

 

52


Table of Contents

Repricing Mismatch Analysis

The Company also evaluates its interest rate sensitivity position in an attempt to maintain a balance between the amount of interest-bearing assets and interest-bearing liabilities which are expected to mature or reprice at any point in time. While a traditional repricing mismatch analysis (gap analysis) provides a snapshot of interest rate risk, it does not take into consideration that assets and liabilities with similar repricing characteristics may not, in fact, reprice at the same time or the same degree. Also, it does not necessarily predict the impact of changes in general levels of interest rates on net interest income.

Table 21 is a static gap analysis, which presents the Company’s assets and liabilities, based on their repricing or maturity characteristics and reflecting principal amortization. Table 22 presents the break-out of fixed and variable rate loans by repricing or maturity characteristics for each loan class.

Table 21

INTEREST RATE SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS (in millions)

 

December 31, 2014

  1-90
Days
    91-180
Days
    181-365
Days
    Total     1-5
Years
    Over 5
Years
    Total  

Earning assets

             

Loans

  $ 4,131.0      $ 365.1      $ 522.3      $ 5,018.4      $ 2,159.9      $ 288.1      $ 7,466.4   

Securities

    482.4        282.1        693.4        1,457.9        3,907.5        1,893.1        7,258.5   

Federal funds sold and resell agreements

    118.1        —          —          118.1        —          —          118.1   

Other

    1,433.8        —          37.1        1,470.9        95.6        0.1        1,566.6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total earning assets

  $ 6,165.3      $ 647.2      $ 1,252.8      $ 8,065.3      $ 6,163.0      $ 2,181.3      $ 16,409.6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

% of total earning assets

    37.6     3.9     7.6     49.1     37.6     13.3     100.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Funding sources

             

Interest-bearing demand and savings

  $ 1,223.1      $ 917.2      $ 1,834.5      $ 3,974.8      $ 223.2      $ 2,511.3      $ 6,709.3   

Time deposits

    599.0        177.3        191.8        968.1        293.3        2.2        1,263.6   

Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements

    2,025.1        —          —          2,025.1        —          —          2,025.1   

Borrowed funds

    8.8        —          —          8.8        —          —          8.8   

Noninterest-bearing sources

    3,747.4        78.2        143.9        3,969.5        824.8        1,608.5        6,402.8   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total funding sources

  $ 7,603.4      $ 1,172.7      $ 2,170.2      $ 10,946.3      $ 1,341.3      $ 4,122.0      $ 16,409.6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

% of total earning assets

    46.4     7.1     13.2     66.7     8.2     25.1     100.0

Interest sensitivity gap

  $ (1,438.1   $ (525.5   $ (917.4   $ (2,881.0   $ 4,821.7      $ (1,940.7  

Cumulative gap

    (1,438.1     (1,963.6     (2,881.0     (2,881.0     1,940.7        —       

As a % of total earning assets

    (8.8 )%      (12.0 )%      (17.6 )%      (17.6 )%      11.8     —    

Ratio of earning assets to funding sources

    0.81        0.55        0.58        0.74        4.59        0.53     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Cumulative ratio of Earning Assets 2014

    0.81        0.78        0.74        0.74        1.16        1.00     

to Funding Sources 2013

    0.92        0.84        0.73        0.73        1.14        1.00     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

53


Table of Contents

Table 22

Maturities and Sensitivities to Changes in Interest Rates

This table details loan maturities by variable and fixed rates as of December 31, 2014 (in thousands):

 

     Due in one
year or less
     Due after one year
through five years
     Due after
five years
     Total  

Variable Rate

           

Commercial

   $ 2,532,569       $ 22,819       $ —         $ 2,555,388   

Commercial—Credit Card

     115,709         —           —           115,709   

Real Estate—Construction

     147,025         5,293         —           152,318   

Real Estate—Commercial

     356,803         108,271         5,399         470,473   

Real Estate—Residential

     18,545         62,341         5,805         86,691   

Real Estate—HELOC

     15,691         —           —           15,691   

Consumer—Credit Card

     310,296         —           —           310,296   

Consumer—Other

     24,297         883         —           25,180   

Leases

     39,090         —           —           39,090   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total variable rate loans

     3,560,025         199,607         11,204         3,770,836   

Fixed Rate

           

Commercial

     452,324         766,417         39,881         1,258,622   

Commercial—Credit Card

     —           —           —           —     

Real Estate—Construction

     38,264         42,755         22,669         103,688   

Real Estate—Commercial

     431,747         832,998         131,083         1,395,828   

Real Estate—Residential

     56,862         94,296         82,602         233,760   

Real Estate—HELOC

     425,523         202,369         3         627,895   

Consumer—Credit Card

     —           —           —           —     

Consumer—Other

     53,663         21,487         639         75,789   

Leases

     —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total fixed rate loans

     1,458,383         1,960,322         276,877         3,695,582   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans and loans held for sale

   $ 5,018,408       $ 2,159,929       $ 288,081       $ 7,466,418   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trading Account

The Company’s subsidiary, UMB Bank, n.a. carries taxable governmental securities in a trading account that is maintained according to Board-approved policy and procedures. The policy limits the amount and type of securities that can be carried in the trading account and requires compliance with any limits under applicable law and regulations, and mandates the use of a value-at-risk methodology to manage price volatility risks within financial parameters. The risk associated with the carrying of trading securities is offset by the sale of exchange-traded financial futures contracts, with both the trading account and futures contracts marked to market daily.

This account had a balance of $27.2 million as of December 31, 2014, compared to $28.5 million as of December 31, 2013.

Credit Risk

Credit risk represents the risk that a customer or counterparty may not perform in accordance with contractual terms. The Company utilizes a centralized credit administration function, which provides information on the Bank’s risk levels, delinquencies, an internal ranking system and overall credit exposure. Loan requests are centrally reviewed to ensure the consistent application of the loan policy and standards. In addition, the Company has an internal loan review staff that operates independently of the Bank. This review team performs periodic examinations of the bank’s loans for credit quality, documentation and loan administration. The respective regulatory authority of the Bank also reviews loan portfolios.

 

54


Table of Contents

Another means of ensuring loan quality is diversification of the portfolio. By keeping its loan portfolio diversified, the Company has avoided problems associated with undue concentrations of loans within particular industries. Commercial and construction real estate loans comprise only 28.4 percent of total loans at December 31, 2014, with no history of significant losses. The Company has no significant exposure to highly-leveraged transactions and has no foreign credits in its loan portfolio.

The allowance for loan losses is discussed on pages 29 through 31 and Table 5 contains a five-year analysis of the ALL. The adequacy of the ALL is reviewed quarterly, considering such items as historical loss trends including a migration analysis, a review of individual loans, current economic conditions, loan growth and characteristics, industry or segment concentration and other factors. A primary indicator of credit quality and risk management is the level of non-performing loans. Non-performing loans include both nonaccrual loans and restructured loans. The Company’s non-performing loans decreased $3.3 million from December 31, 2013, and $0.7 million compared to December 31, 2012. While the Company plans to increase its loan portfolio, management does not intend to compromise the Company’s high credit standards as it grows its loan portfolio. The impact of future loan growth on the allowance for loan losses is uncertain as it is dependent on many factors including asset quality and changes in the overall economy.

The Company had $0.4 million in other real estate owned as of December 31, 2014. There was $1.3 million of other real estate owned at December 31, 2013. Loans past due more than 90 days totaled $3.8 million at December 31, 2014, compared to $3.2 million at December 31, 2013.

A loan is generally placed on nonaccrual status when payments are past due 90 days or more and/or when management has considerable doubt about the borrower’s ability to repay on the terms originally contracted. The accrual of interest is discontinued and recorded thereafter only when actually received in cash.

Certain loans are restructured to provide a reduction or deferral of interest or principal due to deterioration in the financial condition of the respective borrowers. The Company had $9.3 million of restructured loans at December 31, 2014, and $12.1 million at December 31, 2013.

Table 23 summarizes the various aspects of credit quality discussed above.

Table 23

LOAN QUALITY (in thousands)

 

     December 31  
     2014     2013     2012     2011     2010  

Nonaccrual loans

   $ 18,660      $ 19,305      $ 16,376      $ 22,650      $ 24,925   

Restructured loans on nonaccrual

     8,722        11,401        11,727        2,931        217   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-performing loans

     27,382        30,706        28,103        25,581        25,142   

Other real estate owned

     394        1,288        3,524        5,959        4,387   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-performing assets

   $ 27,776      $ 31,994      $ 31,627      $ 31,540      $ 29,529   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans past due 90 days or more

   $ 3,830      $ 3,218      $ 3,554      $ 5,998      $ 5,480   

Restructured loans accruing

     583        665        752        3,089        —     

Allowance for loans losses

     76,140        74,751        71,426        72,017        73,952   

Ratios

          

Non-performing loans as a % of loans

     0.37     0.47     0.49     0.52     0.55

Non-performing assets as a % of loans plus other real estate owned

     0.37        0.49        0.56        0.64        0.64   

Non-performing assets as a % of total assets

     0.16        0.19        0.21        0.23        0.24   

Loans past due 90 days or more as a % of loans

     0.05        0.05        0.06        0.12        0.12   

Allowance for Loan Losses as a % of loans

     1.02        1.15        1.26        1.45        1.61   

Allowance for Loan Losses as a multiple of non-performing loans

     2.78x        2.43x        2.54x        2.82x        2.94x   

 

55


Table of Contents

Liquidity Risk

Liquidity represents the Company’s ability to meet financial commitments through the maturity and sale of existing assets or availability of additional funds. The Company believes that the most important factor in the preservation of liquidity is maintaining public confidence that facilitates the retention and growth of a large, stable supply of core deposits and wholesale funds. Ultimately, the Company believes public confidence is generated through profitable operations, sound credit quality and a strong capital position. The primary source of liquidity for the Company is regularly scheduled payments on and maturity of assets, which include $6.9 billion of high-quality securities available for sale. The liquidity of the Company and the Bank is also enhanced by its activity in the federal funds market and by its core deposits. In 2013, the Company completed the issuance of 4.5 million shares of common stock with net proceeds of $231.4 million to be used for strategic growth purposes. Management believes it can raise debt or equity capital on favorable terms in the future, should the need arise.

Another factor affecting liquidity is the amount of deposits and customer repurchase agreements that have pledging requirements. All customer repurchase agreements require collateral in the form of a security. The U.S. Government, other public entities, and certain trust depositors require the Company to pledge securities if their deposit balances are greater than the FDIC-insured deposit limitations. These pledging requirements affect liquidity risk in that the related security cannot otherwise be disposed due to the pledging restriction. At December 31, 2014, $5.7 billion, or 83.0 percent, of the securities available-for-sale were pledged or used as collateral, compared to $5.9 billion, or 87.7 percent, at December 31, 2013. However of these amounts, securities with a market value of $1.2 billion at December 31, 2014 and $1.7 billion at December 31, 2013 were pledged at the Federal Reserve Discount Window but were unencumbered as of those dates.

The Company also has other commercial commitments that may impact liquidity. These commitments include unused commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit, and commercial letters of credit. The total amount of these commercial commitments at December 31, 2014, was $6.6 billion. The Company believes that since many of these commitments expire without being drawn upon, the total amount of these commercial commitments does not necessarily represent the future cash requirements of the Company.

The Company’s cash requirements consist primarily of dividends to shareholders, debt service, operating expenses, and treasury stock purchases. Management fees and dividends received from bank and non-bank subsidiaries traditionally have been sufficient to satisfy these requirements and are expected to be sufficient in the future. The Bank is subject to various rules regarding payment of dividends to the Company. For the most part, the bank can pay dividends at least equal to its current year’s earnings without seeking prior regulatory approval.

To enhance general working capital needs, the Company has a revolving line of credit with Wells Fargo, N.A. which allows the Company to borrow up to $25.0 million for general working capital purposes. The interest rate applied to borrowed balances will be at the Company’s option either 1.00 percent above LIBOR or 1.75 percent below Prime on the date of an advance. The Company will also pay a 0.2 percent unused commitment fee for unused portions of the line of credit. The Company had no advances outstanding under the revolving line of credit at December 31, 2014.

The Company became a member bank of the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) of Des Moines in March 2014. Through this relationship, the Company purchased $10.0 million of FHLB stock and has access to additional liquidity and funding sources through FHLB advances. The Company has access to borrow up to $333 million through these advances as of December 31, 2014. However, the Company had no outstanding FHLB advances as of December 31, 2014.

Operational Risk

Operational risk generally refers to the risk of loss resulting from the Company’s operations, including those operations performed for the Company by third parties. This would include but is not limited to the risk of fraud by employees or persons outside the Company, the execution of unauthorized transactions by employees or

 

56


Table of Contents

others, errors relating to transaction processing, breaches of the internal control system and compliance requirements, and unplanned interruptions in service. This risk of loss also includes the potential legal or regulatory actions that could arise as a result of an operational deficiency, or as a result of noncompliance with applicable regulatory standards. Included in the legal and regulatory issues with which the Company must comply are a number of imposed rules resulting from the enactment of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

The Company operates in many markets and relies on the ability of its employees and systems to properly process a high number of transactions. In the event of a breakdown in the internal control systems, improper operation of systems or improper employee actions, the Company could suffer financial loss, face regulatory action and suffer damage to its reputation. In order to address this risk, management maintains a system of internal controls with the objective of providing proper transaction authorization and execution, safeguarding of assets from misuse or theft, and ensuring the reliability of financial and other data.

The Company maintains systems of controls that provide management with timely and accurate information about the Company’s operations. These systems have been designed to manage operational risk at appropriate levels given the Company’s financial strength, the environment in which it operates, and considering factors such as competition and regulation. The Company has also established procedures that are designed to ensure that policies relating to conduct, ethics and business practices are followed on a uniform basis. In certain cases, the Company has experienced losses from operational risk. Such losses have included the effects of operational errors that the Company has discovered and included as expense in the statement of income. While there can be no assurance that the Company will not suffer such losses in the future, management continually monitors and works to improve its internal controls, systems and corporate-wide processes and procedures.

 

57


Table of Contents

ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of

UMB Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of UMB Financial Corporation and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2014, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for the year then ended. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2014, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year then ended, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated February 27, 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Kansas City, Missouri

February 27, 2015

 

58


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of

UMB Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries

Kansas City, Missouri

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of UMB Financial Corporation and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2013, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2013. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of UMB Financial Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Kansas City, Missouri

February 25, 2014

 

59


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

UMB FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

(in thousands, except share data)

 

     December 31  
     2014     2013  

ASSETS

    

Loans

   $ 7,465,794      $ 6,520,512   

Allowance for loan losses

     (76,140     (74,751
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loans

     7,389,654        6,445,761   

Loans held for sale

     624        1,357   

Investment securities:

    

Available for sale

     6,911,936        6,762,411   

Held to maturity (fair value of $304,112 and $231,510, respectively)

     278,054        209,770   

Trading

     27,203        28,464   

Federal Reserve Bank stock and other

     68,474        50,482   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investment securities

     7,285,667        7,051,127   

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

     118,105        87,018   

Interest-bearing due from banks

     1,539,386        2,093,467   

Cash and due from banks

     444,299        521,001   

Premises and equipment, net

     257,835        249,689   

Accrued income

     79,297        78,216   

Goodwill

     209,758        209,758   

Other intangibles, net

     43,991        55,585   

Other assets

     132,344        118,873   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 17,500,960      $ 16,911,852   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

    

Deposits:

    

Noninterest-bearing demand

   $ 5,643,989      $ 5,189,998   

Interest-bearing demand and savings

     6,709,281        7,001,126   

Time deposits under $100,000

     424,925        491,792   

Time deposits of $100,000 or more

     838,664        957,850   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits

     13,616,859        13,640,766   

Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements

     2,025,132        1,583,218   

Short-term debt

     —          107   

Long-term debt

     8,810        5,055   

Accrued expenses and taxes

     180,074        153,450   

Other liabilities

     26,327        23,191   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     15,857,202        15,405,787   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

    

Common stock, $1.00 par value; 80,000,000 shares authorized, 55,056,730 shares issued and 45,532,188 and 45,221,237 shares outstanding, respectively

     55,057        55,057   

Capital surplus

     894,602        882,407   

Retained earnings

     963,911        884,630   

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net

     11,006        (32,640

Treasury stock, 9,524,542 and 9,835,493 shares, at cost, respectively

     (280,818     (283,389
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     1,643,758        1,506,065   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 17,500,960      $ 16,911,852   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

60


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

UMB FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     Year Ended December 31  
     2014     2013      2012  

INTEREST INCOME

       

Loans

   $ 245,278      $ 229,665       $ 217,391   

Securities:

       

Taxable interest

     76,204        75,202         81,013   

Tax exempt interest

     39,209        40,399         38,224   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities income

     115,413        115,601         119,237   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Federal funds sold and resell agreements

     259        193         121   

Interest-bearing due from banks

     2,525        1,918         1,789   

Trading securities

     396        964         1,147   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest income

     363,871        348,341         339,685   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

INTEREST EXPENSE

       

Deposits

     12,242        13,183         17,416   

Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements

     1,616        1,739         1,884   

Other

     (42     150         329   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest expense

     13,816        15,072         19,629   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income

     350,055        333,269         320,056   

Provision for loan losses

     17,000        17,500         17,500   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     333,055        315,769         302,556   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

NONINTEREST INCOME

       

Trust and securities processing

     288,054        265,948         225,094   

Trading and investment banking

     19,398        20,641         30,359   

Service charges on deposit accounts

     85,299        84,133         78,694   

Insurance fees and commissions

     3,011        3,727         4,095   

Brokerage fees

     10,761        11,470         11,105   

Bankcard fees

     67,250        62,031         60,567   

Gains on sales of securities available for sale, net

     4,127        8,542         20,232   

Equity earnings on alternative investments

     3,975        19,048         422   

Other

     16,813        16,293         27,554   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total noninterest income

     498,688        491,833         458,122   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

NONINTEREST EXPENSE

       

Salaries and employee benefits

     358,569        339,691         319,852   

Occupancy, net

     40,197        39,291         37,927   

Equipment

     53,609        49,207         43,465   

Supplies and services

     20,411        20,387         21,045   

Marketing and business development

     24,148        22,703         24,604   

Processing fees

     56,049        57,791         51,191   

Legal and consulting

     20,407        18,703         17,980   

Bankcard

     19,594        18,381         18,154   

Amortization of other intangible assets

     12,193        13,218         14,775   

Regulatory fees

     10,445        9,129         9,447   

Contingency reserve

     20,272        —           —     

Other

     31,032        35,677         32,014   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total noninterest expense

     666,926        624,178         590,454   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     164,817        183,424         170,224   

Income tax expense

     44,162        49,459         47,507   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 120,655      $ 133,965       $ 122,717   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

PER SHARE DATA

       

Net income—basic

   $ 2.69      $ 3.25       $ 3.07   

Net income—diluted

     2.65        3.20         3.04   

Weighted average shares outstanding—basic

     44,844,578        41,275,839         40,034,428   

Weighted average shares outstanding—diluted

     45,445,283        41,838,580         40,433,367   

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

61


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

UMB FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

(in thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31  
     2014     2013     2012  

Net income

   $ 120,655      $ 133,965      $ 122,717   

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

      

Unrealized gains (losses) on securities:

      

Change in unrealized holding gains (losses), net

     74,147        (178,500     27,164   

Less: Reclassifications adjustment for gains included in net income

     (4,127     (8,542     (20,232
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in unrealized gains (losses) on securities during the period

     70,020        (187,042     6,932   

Income tax (expense) benefit

     (26,374     68,814        (2,443
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

     43,646        (118,228     4,489   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

   $ 164,301      $ 15,737      $ 127,206   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

62


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

UMB FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

(dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

    Common
Stock
    Capital
Surplus
    Retained
Earnings
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Treasury
Stock
    Total  

Balance January 1, 2012

  $ 55,057      $ 723,299      $ 697,923      $ 81,099      $ (366,246   $ 1,191,132   

Total comprehensive income

        122,717        4,489          127,206   

Cash dividends ($0.83 per share)

    —          —          (33,625     —          —          (33,625

Purchase of treasury stock

    —          —          —          —          (20,419     (20,419

Issuance of equity awards

    —          (1,911     —          —          2,156        245   

Recognition of equity based compensation

    —          6,917        —          —          —          6,917   

Net tax benefit related to equity compensation plans

    —          359        —          —          —          359   

Sale of treasury stock

    —          587        —          —          389        976   

Exercise of stock options

    —          2,818        —          —          3,736        6,554   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance December 31, 2012

  $ 55,057      $ 732,069      $ 787,015      $ 85,588      $ (380,384   $ 1,279,345   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

        133,965        (118,228       15,737   

Cash dividends ($0.87 per share)

    —          —          (36,350     —          —          (36,350

Purchase of treasury stock

    —          —          —          —          (3,501     (3,501

Issuance of equity awards

    —          (1,651     —          —          2,101        450   

Recognition of equity based compensation

    —          7,936        —          —          —          7,936   

Net tax benefit related to equity compensation plans

    —          1,224        —          —          —          1,224   

Sale of treasury stock

    —          520        —          —          256        776   

Exercise of stock options

      3,986        —          —          5,032        9,018   

Common stock issuance

    —          138,323        —          —          93,107        231,430   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance December 31, 2013

  $ 55,057      $ 882,407      $ 884,630      $ (32,640   $ (283,389   $ 1,506,065   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

        120,655        43,646        —          164,301   

Cash dividends ($0.91 per share)

    —          —          (41,374     —          —          (41,374

Purchase of treasury stock

    —          —          —          —          (5,741     (5,741

Issuance of equity awards

    —          (2,338     —          —          2,827        489   

Recognition of equity based compensation

    —          9,172        —          —          —          9,172   

Net tax benefit related to equity compensation plans

    —          1,880        —          —          —          1,880   

Sale of treasury stock

    —          596        —          —          340        936   

Exercise of stock options

    —          2,885        —          —          5,145        8,030   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance December 31, 2014

  $ 55,057      $ 894,602      $ 963,911      $ 11,006      $ (280,818   $ 1,643,758   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

63


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

UMB FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

(in thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31  
      2014     2013     2012  

OPERATING ACTIVITIES

      

Net income

   $ 120,655      $ 133,965      $ 122,717   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Provision for loan losses

     17,000        17,500        17,500   

Depreciation and amortization

     46,355        44,221        40,847   

Deferred income tax (benefit) expense

     (11,456     (5,123     3,675   

Net (increase) decrease in trading securities and other earning assets

     (2,714     8,252        2,378   

Gains on sales of securities available for sale

     (4,127     (8,542     (20,232

Gains on sales of assets

     (3,034     (1,431     (904

Amortization of securities premiums, net of discount accretion

     51,542        53,248        50,435   

Originations of loans held for sale

     (71,598     (118,418     (237,997

Net gains on sales of loans held for sale

     (1,137     (887     (2,010

Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale

     73,468        121,825        246,345   

Equity based compensation

     9,661        8,386        7,162   

Changes in:

      

Accrued income

     (1,081     (8,467     6,248   

Accrued expenses and taxes

     40,345        61,092        8,376   

Other assets and liabilities, net

     (20,100     (10,423     (20,796
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     243,779        295,198        223,744   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

INVESTING ACTIVITIES

      

Proceeds from maturities of securities held to maturity

     25,270        34,033        9,756   

Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale

     413,955        685,031        1,016,129   

Proceeds from maturities of securities available for sale

     1,321,135        1,495,867        1,691,293   

Purchases of securities held to maturity

     (109,308     (135,598     (39,642

Purchases of securities available for sale

     (1,859,692     (2,238,238     (3,561,042

Net increase in loans

     (963,028     (844,993     (738,343

Net (increase) decrease in fed funds sold and resell agreements

     (31,087     2,850        (23,790

Net (increase) decrease in interest bearing balances due from other financial institutions

     (164,415     (10,160     129,076   

Purchases of premises and equipment

     (44,790     (38,313     (44,038

Net cash activity from acquisitions and branch sales

     (18,231     26,087        17,597   

Proceeds from sales of premises and equipment

     5,212        2,586        1,473   

Increase in COLI cash surrender value

     (6,000     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (1,430,979     (1,020,848     (1,541,531
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

FINANCING ACTIVITIES

      

Net increase in demand and savings deposits

     174,718        1,800,207        1,737,072   

Net (decrease) increase in time deposits

     (178,294     159,639        (272,627

Net increase (decrease) in fed funds purchased and repurchase agreements

     441,914        (204,052     (163,557

Net change in short-term debt

     (107     (407     (12,000

Proceeds from long-term debt

     5,320        1,000        1,029   

Repayment of long-term debt

     (1,565     (1,310     (1,679

Payment of contingent consideration on acquisitions

     (13,725     (16,172     (17,371

Cash dividends paid

     (41,364     (36,168     (33,787

Net tax benefit related to equity compensation plans

     1,880        1,224        359   

Common stock issuance

     —          231,430        —     

Proceeds from exercise of stock options and sales of treasury shares

     8,966        9,794        7,530   

Purchases of treasury stock

     (5,741     (3,501     (20,419
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     392,002        1,941,684        1,224,550   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (795,198     1,216,034        (93,237

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     2,582,428        1,366,394        1,459,631   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 1,787,230      $ 2,582,428      $ 1,366,394   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures:

      

Income taxes paid

   $ 61,228      $ 46,445      $ 44,074   

Total interest paid

     13,958        15,823        20,975   

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

64


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

UMB Financial Corporation (the Company) is a bank holding company, which offers a wide range of banking and other financial services to its customers through its branches and offices in the states of Missouri, Kansas, Colorado, Illinois, Oklahoma, Arizona, Nebraska, Pennsylvania, South Dakota, Indiana, Wisconsin, Utah, Texas, and Massachusetts. The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements. These estimates and assumptions also impact reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Following is a summary of the more significant accounting policies to assist the reader in understanding the financial presentation.

Consolidation

The Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements (references hereinafter to the “Company” in these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements include wholly owned subsidiaries). Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

Revenue Recognition

Interest on loans and securities is recognized based on rate times the principal amount outstanding. This includes the impact of amortization of premiums and discounts. Interest accrual is discontinued when, in the opinion of management, the likelihood of collection becomes doubtful. Other noninterest income is recognized as services are performed or revenue-generating transactions are executed.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include Cash and due from banks and amounts due from the Federal Reserve Bank. Cash on hand, cash items in the process of collection, and amounts due from correspondent banks are included in Cash and due from banks. Amounts due from the Federal Reserve Bank are interest-bearing for all periods presented and are included in the Interest-bearing due from banks line on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.

This table provides a summary of cash and cash equivalents as presented on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31  
     2014      2013  

Due from the Federal Reserve

   $ 1,342,931       $ 2,061,427   

Cash and due from banks

     444,299         521,001   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 1,787,230       $ 2,582,428   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Also included in the Interest-bearing due from banks line, but not considered cash and cash equivalents are interest-bearing accounts held at other financial institutions, which totaled $196.5 million and $32.0 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

65


Table of Contents

Loans and Loans Held for Sale

Loans are classified by the portfolio segments of commercial, real estate, consumer, and leases. The portfolio segments are further disaggregated into the loan classes of commercial, commercial credit card, real estate—construction, real estate—commercial, real estate—residential, real estate—HELOC, consumer—credit card, consumer—other, and leases.

A loan is considered to be impaired when management believes it is probable that it will be unable to collect all principal and interest due according to the contractual terms of the loan. If a loan is impaired, the Company records a valuation allowance equal to the carrying amount of the loan in excess of the present value of the estimated future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective rate, based on the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.

A loan is accounted for as a troubled debt restructuring when a concession had been granted to a debtor experiencing financial difficulties. The Company’s modifications generally include interest rate adjustments, and amortization and maturity date extensions. These modifications allow the debtor short-term cash relief to allow them to improve their financial condition. Restructured loans are individually evaluated for impairment as part of the allowance for loan loss analysis.

Loans, including those that are considered to be impaired and restructured, are evaluated regularly by management. Loans are considered delinquent when payment has not been received within 30 days of its contractual due date. Loans are placed on non-accrual status when the collection of interest or principal is 90 days or more past due, unless the loan is adequately secured and in the process of collection. When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, any interest previously accrued but not collected is reversed against current income. Loans may be returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured. Interest payments received on non-accrual loans are applied to principal unless the remaining principal balance has been determined to be fully collectible.

The adequacy of the allowance for loan losses is based on management’s continuing evaluation of the pertinent factors underlying the quality of the loan portfolio, including actual loan loss experience, current economic conditions, detailed analysis of individual loans for which full collectability may not be assured, determination of the existence and realizable value of the collateral and guarantees securing such loans. The actual losses, notwithstanding such considerations, however, could differ from the amounts estimated by management.

The Company maintains a reserve, separate from the allowance for loan losses, to address the risk of loss associated with loan contingencies, which is included in the accrued expenses and taxes line item in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. In order to maintain the reserve for off-balance sheet items at an appropriate level, a provision to increase or reduce the reserve is included in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income. The level of the reserve will be adjusted as needed to maintain the reserve at a specified level in relation to contingent loan risk. The risk of loss arising from un-funded loan commitments has been assessed by dividing the contingencies into pools of similar loan commitments and by applying two factors to each pool. The gross amount of contingent exposure is first multiplied by a potential use factor to estimate the degree to which the unused commitments might reasonably be expected to be used in a time of high usage. The resultant figure is then multiplied by a factor to estimate the risk of loss assuming funding of these loans. The potential loss estimates for each segment of the portfolio are added to arrive at a total potential loss estimate that is used to set the reserve.

Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of aggregate cost or market value. Loan fees (net of certain direct loan origination costs) on loans held for sale are deferred until the related loans are sold or repaid. Gains or losses on loan sales are recognized at the time of sale and determined using the specific identification method.

 

66


Table of Contents

Securities

Debt securities available for sale principally include U.S. Treasury and agency securities, Government Sponsored Entity (GSE) mortgage-backed securities, certain securities of state and political subdivisions, and corporates. Securities classified as available for sale are measured at fair value. Unrealized holding gains and losses are excluded from earnings and reported in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) until realized. Realized gains and losses on sales are computed by the specific identification method at the time of disposition and are shown separately as a component of noninterest income.

Securities held to maturity are carried at amortized historical cost based on management’s intention, and the Company’s ability to hold them to maturity. The Company classifies certain securities of state and political subdivisions as held to maturity.

Trading securities, acquired for subsequent sale to customers, are carried at fair value. Market adjustments, fees and gains or losses on the sale of trading securities are considered to be a normal part of operations and are included in trading and investment banking income.

Equity-method investments

The Company accounts for certain other investments using equity-method accounting. For non-marketable equity-method investments, the Company’s proportionate share of the income or loss is recognized on a one-quarter lag. When transparency in pricing exists, other investments are considered marketable equity-method investments. For marketable equity-method investments, the Company recognizes its proportionate share of income or loss as of the date of the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Goodwill and Other Intangibles

Goodwill is tested for impairment annually and more frequently whenever events or changes in circumstance indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value.

To test goodwill for impairment, the Company performs a qualitative assessment of each reporting unit. If the Company determines, on the basis of qualitative factors, that the fair value of the reporting unit is more likely than not greater than the carrying amount, the two-step impairment test is not required. Otherwise, the Company compares the fair value of its reporting units to their carrying amounts to determine if an impairment is indicated. If an impairment is indicated, the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill is compared to its carrying amount. An impairment loss is measured as the excess of the carrying value of a reporting unit’s goodwill over its implied fair value. As a result of such impairment tests, the Company has not recognized an impairment charge.

No goodwill impairments were recognized in 2014, 2013, or 2012. Other intangible assets are amortized over a period of up to 17 years and are evaluated for impairment when events or circumstances dictate. No intangible asset impairments were recognized in 2014, 2013, or 2012. The Company does not have any indefinite lived intangible assets.

Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation, which is computed primarily on the straight line method. Premises are depreciated over 15 to 40 year lives, while equipment is depreciated over lives of 3 to 20 years. Gains and losses from the sale of Premises and equipment are included in other noninterest income.

 

67


Table of Contents

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets, including premises and equipment, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset or group of assets may not be recoverable. The impairment review includes a comparison of future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset or group of assets to their current carrying value. If the carrying value of the asset or group of assets exceeds expected cash flows (undiscounted and without interest charges), an impairment loss is recognized to the extent the carrying value exceeds fair value. No impairments were recognized in 2014, 2013, or 2012.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the consolidated financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured based on the differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the periods in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. The provision for deferred income taxes represents the change in the deferred income tax accounts during the year excluding the tax effect of the change in net unrealized gain (loss) on securities available for sale.

The Company records deferred tax assets to the extent these assets will more likely than not be realized. All available evidence is considered in making such determination, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies and recent financial operations. A valuation allowance is recorded for the portion of deferred tax assets that do not meet the more-likely-than-not threshold, and any changes to the valuation allowance are recorded in income tax expense.

The Company records the financial statement effects of an income tax position when it is more likely than not, based on the technical merits, that it will be sustained upon examination. A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is measured and recorded as the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority. Previously recognized tax positions are derecognized in the first period in which it is no longer more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained. The benefit associated with previously unrecognized tax positions are generally recognized in the first period in which the more-likely-than-not threshold is met at the reporting date, the tax matter is ultimately settled through negotiation or litigation or when the related statute of limitations for the relevant taxing authority to examine and challenge the tax position has expired. The recognition, derecognition and measurement of tax positions are based on management’s best judgment given the facts, circumstance and information available at the reporting date.

The Company recognizes accrued interest related to unrecognized tax benefits in interest expense and penalties in other noninterest expense. Accrued interest and penalties are included within the related liability lines in the consolidated balance sheets. For the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company has recognized an immaterial amount in interest and penalties related to the unrecognized tax benefits.

Derivatives

The Company records all derivatives on the consolidated balance sheets at fair value. The accounting for changes in the fair value of derivatives depends on the intended use of the derivative, whether the Company has elected to designate a derivative in a hedging relationship and apply hedge accounting and whether the hedging relationship has satisfied the criteria necessary to apply hedge accounting. Currently, one of the Company’s derivatives is designated in a qualifying hedging relationship. However, the remainder of the Company’s derivatives are not designated in qualifying hedging relationships, as the derivatives are not used to manage risks within the Company’s assets or liabilities. All changes in fair value of the Company’s derivatives are recognized directly in earnings.

 

68


Table of Contents

Per Share Data

Basic income per share is computed based on the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during each period. Diluted year-to-date income per share includes the dilutive effect of 600,705; 562,741; and 398,939 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options and nonvested restricted shares granted by the Company at December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively.

Options issued under employee benefit plans to purchase 249,368, and 504,938 shares of common stock were outstanding at December 31, 2014, and 2012, respectively, but were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the options were anti-dilutive.

Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation

The Company measures the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the fair value of the award on the date of the grant. The grant date fair value is estimated using either an option-pricing model which is consistent with the terms of the award or an observed market price, if such a price exists. Such cost is generally recognized over the vesting period during which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award and, in some cases, when performance metrics are met. The Company also estimates the number of instruments that will ultimately be issued by applying a forfeiture rate to each grant.

2.  NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

Investment Companies    In June 2013, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2013-08, “Amendments to the Scope, Measurement, and Disclosure Requirements” for investment companies. The amendments changed the assessment of whether an entity is an investment company by requiring an entity to possess certain fundamental characteristics, while allowing judgment in assessing other typical characteristics. The ASU was effective January 1, 2014, and the Company did not change the status of any subsidiary, or the accounting applied to a subsidiary, under the new guidelines.

Accounting for Investments in Qualified Affordable Housing Projects    In January 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-01, “Accounting for Investments in Qualified Affordable Housing Projects.” The amendments permit reporting entities to make an accounting policy election to account for their investments in qualified affordable housing projects using the proportional amortization method if certain conditions are met. Regardless of whether the reporting entity chooses to elect the proportional amortization method, this ASU introduces new recurring disclosures about all investments in qualified affordable housing projects. The ASU is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2014. The adoption of this accounting pronouncement will not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements or financial statement disclosures.

Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Loans    In January 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-04, “Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure.” The amendment is intended to reduce diversity in practice by clarifying when an in substance repossession or foreclosure occurs, that is, when a creditor should be considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loans such that the loan receivable should be derecognized and the real stated property recognized. The amendments in this update are effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2014. The adoption of this accounting pronouncement will not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Revenue Recognition    In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers.” The issuance is part of a joint effort by the FASB and the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) to enhance financial reporting by creating common revenue recognition guidance for U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and, thereby,

 

69


Table of Contents

improving the consistency of requirements, comparability of practices and usefulness of disclosures. The ASU will replace most existing revenue recognition guidance in U.S. GAAP when it becomes effective. The amendments in this update are effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016. Early application is not permitted. The standard permits the use of either the retrospective or cumulative effect transition method. The Company is currently evaluating the effect that ASU 2014-09 will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. The Company has not yet selected a transition method nor has it determined the effect of the standard on its ongoing financial reporting.

Repurchase-to-Maturity Transactions    In June 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-11, “Repurchase-to-Maturity Transactions, Repurchased Financings, and Disclosures.” The amendment changes the accounting for repurchase-to-maturity transactions and linked repurchase financings to secured borrowing accounting, which is consistent with accounting for other repurchase agreements. Additionally, the amendment requires new disclosures on transfers accounted for as sales in transactions that are economically similar to repurchase agreements and requires increased transparency on collateral pledged in secured borrowings. The accounting changes in the standard and the disclosures for transactions accounted for as sales are effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2014. The disclosures for repurchase agreements, securities lending transactions, and repos-to-maturity accounted for as secured borrowings are required for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2014, and interim periods beginning after March 15, 2015. Early application is not permitted. The adoption of this accounting pronouncement will have no impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements except for additional financial statement disclosures.

Stock Compensation    In June 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-12, “Accounting for Share-Based Payments When the Terms of an Award Provide that a Performance Target could be Achieved after the Requisite Service Period.” The amendment is intended to reduce diversity in practice by clarifying that a performance target that affects vesting and that could be achieved after the requisite service period be treated as a performance condition. The amendments in this update are effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015 with early adoption permitted. The adoption of this accounting pronouncement will not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors    In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-14, “Classification of Certain Government-Guaranteed Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure.” The amendment is intended to reduce diversity in practice in the classification of mortgage loans extended under certain government-sponsored loan guarantee programs, such as those offered by the Federal Housing Administration (FHA) and the Department of Veterans Affairs (VA), that entitle the creditor to recover all or a portion of the unpaid principal balance from the government if a borrower defaults. This update requires government-guaranteed mortgage loans that meet certain criteria to be derecognized and a separate receivable be recognized upon foreclosure. The amendments in this update are effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2014. The adoption of this accounting pronouncement will not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Going Concern    In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, “Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern.” The amendment addresses management’s responsibility in regularly evaluating whether there is substantial doubt about a company’s ability to continue as a going concern. The amendments in this update are effective for the annual period ending after December 15, 2016, and for annual and interim periods thereafter, although early adoption is permitted. The adoption of this accounting pronouncement will not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Derivatives and Hedging    In November 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-16, “Determining Whether the Host Contract in a Hybrid Financial Instrument Issued in the Form of a Share is More Akin to Debt or to Equity.” The amendment is intended to address how current U.S. GAAP should be interpreted in evaluating the economic characteristics and risks of a host contract in a hybrid financial instrument that is issued in the form of a share. The amendments in this update are effective for the annual period beginning after December 15, 2015,

 

70


Table of Contents

and for annual and interim periods thereafter, although early adoption is permitted. The adoption of this accounting pronouncement will not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

3.  LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

Loan Origination/Risk Management

The Company has certain lending policies and procedures in place that are designed to minimize the level of risk within the loan portfolio. Diversification of the loan portfolio manages the risk associated with fluctuations in economic conditions. The Company maintains an independent loan review department that reviews and validates the credit risk program on a continual basis. Management regularly evaluates the results of the loan reviews. The loan review process complements and reinforces the risk identification and assessment decisions made by lenders and credit personnel, as well as the Company’s policies and procedures.

Commercial loans are underwritten after evaluating and understanding the borrower’s ability to operate profitably and prudently expand its business. Commercial loans are made based on the identified cash flows of the borrower and on the underlying collateral provided by the borrower. The cash flows of the borrower, however, may not be as expected and the collateral securing these loans may fluctuate in value. Most commercial loans are secured by the assets being financed or other business assets such as accounts receivable or inventory and may incorporate a personal guarantee. In the case of loans secured by accounts receivable, the availability of funds for the repayment of these loans may be substantially dependent on the ability of the borrower to collect amounts from its customers. Commercial credit cards are generally unsecured and are underwritten with criteria similar to commercial loans including an analysis of the borrower’s cash flow, available business capital, and overall credit-worthiness of the borrower.

Commercial real estate loans are subject to underwriting standards and processes similar to commercial loans, in addition to those of real estate loans. These loans are viewed primarily as cash flow loans and secondarily as loans secured by real estate. Commercial real estate lending typically involves higher loan principal amounts, and the repayment of these loans is largely dependent on the successful operation of the property securing the loan or the business conducted on the property securing the loan. The Company requires an appraisal of the collateral be made at origination and on an as-needed basis, in conformity with current market conditions and regulatory requirements. The underwriting standards address both owner and non-owner occupied real estate.

Construction loans are underwritten using feasibility studies, independent appraisal reviews, sensitivity analysis or absorption and lease rates and financial analysis of the developers and property owners. Construction loans are based upon estimates of costs and value associated with the complete project. Construction loans often involve the disbursement of substantial funds with repayment substantially dependent on the success of the ultimate project. Sources of repayment for these types of loans may be pre-committed permanent loans, sales of developed property or an interim loan commitment from the Company until permanent financing is obtained. These loans are closely monitored by on-site inspections and are considered to have higher risks than other real estate loans due to their repayment being sensitive to interest rate changes, governmental regulation of real property, economic conditions, and the availability of long-term financing.

Underwriting standards for residential real estate and home equity loans are based on the borrower’s loan-to-value percentage, collection remedies, and overall credit history.

Consumer loans are underwritten based on the borrower’s repayment ability. The Company monitors delinquencies on all of its consumer loans and leases and periodically reviews the distribution of FICO scores relative to historical periods to monitor credit risk on its credit card loans. The underwriting and review practices combined with the relatively small loan amounts that are spread across many individual borrowers, minimizes risk. Consumer loans and leases that are 90 days past due or more are considered non-performing.

 

71


Table of Contents

This table provides a summary of loan classes and an aging of past due loans as of December 31, 2014 (in thousands):

 

     As Of December 31, 2014  
     30-89
Days Past
Due and
Accruing
     Greater
than 90
Days Past
Due and
Accruing
     Non-Accrual
Loans
     Total
Past Due
     Current      Total Loans  

Commercial:

                 

Commercial

   $ 2,509       $ 363       $ 13,114       $ 15,986       $ 3,798,023       $ 3,814,009   

Commercial—credit card

     267         147         37         451         115,258         115,709   

Real estate:

                 

Real estate—construction

     1,244         —           983         2,227         253,779         256,006   

Real estate—commercial

     1,727         61         12,037         13,825         1,852,476         1,866,301   

Real estate—residential

     828         113         562         1,503         318,324         319,827   

Real estate—HELOC

     1,371         —           19         1,390         642,196         643,586   

Consumer:

                 

Consumer—credit card

     2,268         2,303         560         5,131         305,165         310,296   

Consumer—other

     1,743         843         70         2,656         98,314         100,970   

Leases

     —           —           —           —           39,090         39,090   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 11,957       $ 3,830       $ 27,382       $ 43,169       $ 7,422,625       $ 7,465,794   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

This table provides a summary of loan classes and an aging of past due loans as of December 31, 2013 (in thousands):

 

     As Of December 31, 2013  
     30-89
Days Past
Due and
Accruing
     Greater
than 90
Days Past
Due and
Accruing
     Non-Accrual
Loans
     Total
Past Due
     Current      Total Loans  

Commercial:

                 

Commercial

   $ 2,107       $ 135       $ 8,042       $ 10,284       $ 3,291,219       $ 3,301,503   

Commercial—credit card

     362         82         38         482         102,788         103,270   

Real estate:

                 

Real estate—construction

     186         —           934         1,120         151,755         152,875   

Real estate—commercial

     3,611         344         19,213         23,168         1,678,983         1,702,151   

Real estate—residential

     1,257         13         868         2,138         287,218         289,356   

Real estate—HELOC

     880         6         210         1,096         565,032         566,128   

Consumer:

                 

Consumer—credit card

     3,230         2,448         1,031         6,709         311,627         318,336   

Consumer—other

     1,727         190         370         2,287         60,625         62,912   

Leases

     —           —           —           —           23,981         23,981   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 13,360       $ 3,218       $ 30,706       $ 47,284       $ 6,473,228       $ 6,520,512   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company sold $73.5 million, $121.8 million, and $246.3 million of residential real estate and student loans without recourse during the periods ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012 respectively.

The Company has ceased the recognition of interest on loans with a carrying value of $27.4 million and $30.7 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Restructured loans totaled $9.3 million and $12.1 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Loans 90 days past due and still accruing interest amounted to $3.8 million and $3.2 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. There was an insignificant amount of interest recognized on impaired loans during 2014, 2013, and 2012.

 

72


Table of Contents

Credit Quality Indicators

As part of the on-going monitoring of the credit quality of the Company’s loan portfolio, management tracks certain credit quality indicators including trends related to the risk grading of specified classes of loans, net charge-offs, non-performing loans, and general economic conditions.

The Company utilizes a risk grading matrix to assign a rating to each of its commercial, commercial real estate, and construction real estate loans. The loan rankings are summarized into the following categories: Non-watch list, Watch, Special Mention, and Substandard. Any loan not classified in one of the categories described below is considered to be a Non-watch list loan. A description of the general characteristics of the loan ranking categories is as follows:

 

   

Watch—This rating represents credit exposure that presents higher than average risk and warrants greater than routine attention by Company personnel due to conditions affecting the borrower, the Borrower’s industry or the economic environment. These conditions have resulted in some degree of uncertainty that results in higher than average credit risk.

 

   

Special Mention—This rating reflects a potential weakness that deserves management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the asset or the institution’s credit position at some future date. The rating is not adversely classified and does not expose an institution to sufficient risk to warrant adverse classification.

 

   

Substandard—This rating represents an asset inadequately protected by the current sound worth and paying capacity of the borrower or of the collateral pledged, if any. Assets so classified must have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. Loans in this category are characterized by the distinct possibility that the bank will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. Loss potential, while existing in the aggregate amount of substandard assets, does not have to exist in individual assets classified substandard. This category may include loans where the collection of full principal is doubtful or remote.

All other classes of loans are generally evaluated and monitored based on payment activity. Non-performing loans include restructured loans on non-accrual and all other non-accrual loans.

This table provides an analysis of the credit risk profile of each loan class as of December 31, 2014 (in thousands):

Credit Exposure

Credit Risk Profile by Risk Rating

 

     Commercial      Real estate-
construction
     Real estate-
commercial
 
     2014      2014      2014  

Non-watch list

   $ 3,532,611       $ 253,895       $ 1,780,323   

Watch

     72,283         181         31,984   

Special Mention

     98,750         756         8,691   

Substandard

     110,365         1,174         45,303   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,814,009       $ 256,006       $ 1,866,301   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

73


Table of Contents

Credit Exposure

Credit Risk Profile Based on Payment Activity

 

     Commercial-
credit card
     Real estate-
residential
     Real estate-
HELOC
 
     2014      2014      2014  

Performing

   $ 115,672       $ 319,265       $ 643,567   

Non-performing

     37         562         19   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 115,709       $ 319,827       $ 643,586   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Consumer-
credit card
     Consumer-
other
     Leases  
     2014      2014      2014  

Performing

   $ 309,736       $ 100,900       $ 39,090   

Non-performing

     560         70         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 310,296       $ 100,970       $ 39,090   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

This table provides an analysis of the credit risk profile of each loan class as of December 31, 2013 (in thousands):

Credit Exposure

Credit Risk Profile by Risk Rating

 

     Commercial      Real estate-
construction
     Real estate-
commercial
 
     2013      2013      2013  

Non-watch list

   $ 3,041,224       $ 151,359       $ 1,565,894   

Watch

     110,932         210         76,647   

Special Mention

     78,064         —           19,876   

Substandard

     71,283         1,306         39,734   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,301,503       $ 152,875       $ 1,702,151   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Credit Exposure

Credit Risk Profile Based on Payment Activity

 

     Commercial-
credit card
     Real estate-
residential
     Real estate-
HELOC
 
     2013      2013      2013  

Performing

   $ 103,232       $ 288,488       $ 565,918   

Non-performing

     38         868         210   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 103,270       $ 289,356       $ 566,128   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Consumer-
credit card
     Consumer-
other
     Leases  
     2013      2013      2013  

Performing

   $ 317,305       $ 62,542       $ 23,981   

Non-performing

     1,031         370         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 318,336       $ 62,912       $ 23,981   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

74


Table of Contents

Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses is a reserve established through a provision for loan losses charged to expense, which represents management’s judgment of inherent probable losses within the Company’s loan portfolio as of the balance sheet date. The allowance is necessary to reserve for estimated loan losses and risks inherent in the loan portfolio. Accordingly, the methodology is based on historical loss trends. The Company’s process for determining the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses is designed to account for credit deterioration as it occurs. The provision for probable loan losses reflects loan quality trends, including the levels of and trends related to non-accrual loans, past due loans, potential problem loans, criticized loans and net charge-offs or recoveries, among other factors.

The level of the allowance reflects management’s continuing evaluation of industry concentrations, specific credit risks, loan loss experience, current loan portfolio quality, present economic, political and regulatory conditions and unidentified losses inherent in the current loan portfolio. Portions of the allowance may be allocated for specific loans; however, the entire allowance is available for any loan that, in management’s judgment, should be charged off. While management utilizes its best judgment and information available, the adequacy of the allowance is dependent upon a variety of factors beyond the Company’s control, including, among other things, the performance of the Company’s loan portfolio, the economy, changes in interest rates and changes in the regulatory environment.

The Company’s allowance for loan losses consists of specific valuation allowances and general valuation allowances based on historical loan loss experience for similar loans with similar characteristics and trends, general economic conditions and other qualitative risk factors both internal and external to the Company.

The allowances established for probable losses on specific loans are based on a regular analysis and evaluation of impaired loans. Loans are classified based on an internal risk grading process that evaluates the obligor’s ability to repay, the underlying collateral, if any, and the economic environment and industry in which the borrower operates. When a loan is considered impaired, the loan is analyzed to determine the need, if any, to specifically allocate a portion of the allowance for loan losses to the loan. Specific valuation allowances are determined by analyzing the borrower’s ability to repay amounts owed, collateral deficiencies, the relative risk ranking of the loan and economic conditions affecting the borrower’s industry.

General valuation allowances are calculated based on the historical loss experience of specific types of loans including an evaluation of the time span and volume of the actual charge-off. The Company calculates historical loss ratios for pools of similar loans with similar characteristics based on the proportion of actual charge-offs experienced to the total population of loans in the pool. The historical loss ratios are updated based on actual charge-off experience. A valuation allowance is established for each pool of similar loans based upon the product of the historical loss ratio, time span to charge-off, and the total dollar amount of the loans in the pool. The Company’s pools of similar loans include similarly risk-graded groups of commercial loans, commercial real estate loans, commercial credit card, home equity loans, consumer real estate loans and consumer and other loans. The Company also considers a loan migration analysis for criticized loans. This analysis includes an assessment of the probability that a loan will move to a loss position based on its risk rating. The consumer credit card pool is evaluated based on delinquencies and credit scores. In addition, a portion of the allowance is determined by a review of qualitative factors by Management.

Generally, the unsecured portion of a commercial or commercial real estate loan is charged-off when, after analyzing the borrower’s financial condition, it is determined that the borrower is incapable of servicing the debt, little or no prospect for near term improvement exists, and no realistic and significant strengthening action is pending. For collateral dependent commercial or commercial real estate loans, an analysis is completed regarding the Company’s collateral position to determine if the amounts due from the borrower are in excess of the calculated current fair value of the collateral. Specific allocations of the allowance for loan losses are made for any collateral deficiency. If a collateral deficiency is ultimately deemed to be uncollectible, the amount is charged-off. Revolving commercial loans (such as commercial credit cards) which are past due 90 cumulative days are classified as a loss and charged off.

 

75


Table of Contents

Generally, a consumer loan, or a portion thereof, is charged-off in accordance with regulatory guidelines which provide that such loans be charged-off when the Company becomes aware of the loss, such as from a triggering event that may include but is not limited to new information about a borrower’s intent and ability to repay the loan, bankruptcy, fraud, or death. However, the charge-off timeframe should not exceed the specified delinquency time frames, which state that closed-end retail loans (such as real estate mortgages, home equity loans and consumer installment loans) that become past due 120 cumulative days and open-end retail loans (such as home equity lines of credit and consumer credit cards) that become past due 180 cumulative days are classified as a loss and charged-off.

ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES AND RECORDED INVESTMENT IN LOANS

This table provides a rollforward of the allowance for loan losses by portfolio segment for the year ended December 31, 2014 (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2014  
     Commercial     Real estate     Consumer     Leases      Total  

Allowance for loan losses:

           

Beginning balance

   $ 48,886      $ 15,342      $ 10,447      $ 76       $ 74,751   

Charge-offs

     (7,307     (259     (11,427     —           (18,993

Recoveries

     848        44        2,490        —           3,382   

Provision

     12,922        (4,402     8,411        69         17,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending Balance

   $ 55,349      $ 10,725      $ 9,921      $ 145       $ 76,140   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending Balance: individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 972      $ 935      $ —        $ —         $ 1,907   

Ending Balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

     54,377        9,790        9,921        145         74,233   

Loans:

           

Ending Balance: loans

   $ 3,929,718      $ 3,085,720      $ 411,266      $ 39,090       $ 7,465,794   

Ending Balance: individually evaluated for impairment

     17,060        10,243        1        —           27,304   

Ending Balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

     3,912,658        3,075,477        411,265        39,090         7,438,490   

 

76


Table of Contents

This table provides a rollforward of the allowance for loan losses by portfolio segment for the year ended December 31, 2013 (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2013  
     Commercial     Real estate     Consumer     Leases      Total  
Allowance for loan losses:            

Beginning balance

   $ 43,390      $ 15,506      $ 12,470      $ 60       $ 71,426   

Charge-offs

     (4,748     (775     (12,131     —           (17,654

Recoveries

     867        77        2,535        —           3,479   

Provision

     9,377        534        7,573        16         17,500   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending Balance

   $ 48,886      $ 15,342      $ 10,447      $ 76       $ 74,751   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending Balance: individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 2,882      $ 1,370      $ —        $ —         $ 4,252   

Ending Balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

     46,004        13,972        10,447        76         70,499   

Loans:

           

Ending Balance: loans

   $ 3,404,773      $ 2,710,510      $ 381,248      $ 23,981       $ 6,520,512   

Ending Balance: individually evaluated for impairment

     14,635        15,543        11        —           30,189   

Ending Balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

     3,390,138        2,694,967        381,237        23,981         6,490,323   

This table provides a rollforward of the allowance for loan losses by portfolio segment for the year ended December 31, 2012 (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2012  
     Commercial     Real estate     Consumer     Leases      Total  
Allowance for loan losses:            

Beginning balance

   $ 37,927      $ 20,486      $ 13,593      $ 11       $ 72,017   

Charge-offs

     (8,446     (932     (12,678     —           (22,056

Recoveries

     1,136        28        2,801        —           3,965   

Provision

     12,773        (4,076     8,754        49         17,500   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending Balance

   $ 43,390      $ 15,506      $ 12,470      $ 60       $ 71,426   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending Balance: individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 1,393      $ 781      $ —        $ —         $ 2,174   

Ending Balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

     41,977        14,725        12,470        60         69,252   

Loans:

           

Ending Balance: loans

   $ 2,978,014      $ 2,300,583      $ 389,068      $ 19,084       $ 5,686,749   

Ending Balance: individually evaluated for impairment

     15,057        11,203        49        —           26,309   

Ending Balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

     2,962,957        2,289,380        389,019        19,084         5,660,440   

 

77


Table of Contents

Impaired Loans

This table provides an analysis of impaired loans by class for the year ended December 31, 2014 (in thousands):

 

     As Of December 31, 2014  
     Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Recorded
Investment
with No
Allowance
     Recorded
Investment
with
Allowance
     Total
Recorded
Investment
     Related
Allowance
     Average
Recorded
Investment
 

Commercial:

                 

Commercial

   $ 21,758       $ 13,928       $ 3,132       $ 17,060       $ 972       $ 16,022   

Commercial—credit card

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Real estate:

                 

Real estate—construction

     1,540         983         —           983         —           939   

Real estate—commercial

     9,546         4,454         3,897         8,351         935         11,298   

Real estate—residential

     1,083         909         —           909         —           1,006   

Real estate—HELOC

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Consumer:

                 

Consumer—credit card

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Consumer—other

     1         1         —           1         —           12   

Leases

     —           —           —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 33,928       $ 20,275       $ 7,029       $ 27,304       $ 1,907       $ 29,277   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

This table provides an analysis of impaired loans by class for the year ended December 31, 2013 (in thousands):

 

     As Of December 31, 2013  
     Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Recorded
Investment
with No
Allowance
     Recorded
Investment
with
Allowance
     Total
Recorded
Investment
     Related
Allowance
     Average
Recorded
Investment
 

Commercial:

                 

Commercial

   $ 17,227       $ 3,228       $ 11,407       $ 14,635       $ 2,882       $ 14,791   

Commercial—credit card

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Real estate:

                 

Real estate—construction

     1,408         810         123         933         —           1,186   

Real estate—commercial

     14,686         5,305         8,218         13,523         94         10,506   

Real estate—residential

     1,317         1,087         —           1,087         1,276         1,122   

Real estate—HELOC

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Consumer:

                 

Consumer—credit card

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Consumer—other

     12         11         —           11         —           34   

Leases

     —           —           —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 34,650       $ 10,441       $ 19,748       $ 30,189       $ 4,252       $ 27,639   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

78


Table of Contents

This table provides an analysis of impaired loans by class for the year ended December 31, 2012 (in thousands):

 

     As Of December 31, 2012  
     Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Recorded
Investment
with No
Allowance
     Recorded
Investment
with
Allowance
     Total
Recorded
Investment
     Related
Allowance
     Average
Recorded
Investment
 

Commercial:

                 

Commercial

   $ 22,453       $ 12,119       $ 2,938       $ 15,057       $ 1,393       $ 13,287   

Commercial—credit card

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Real estate:

                 

Real estate—construction

     276         276         —           276         —           118   

Real estate—commercial

     9,334         6,777         2,213         8,990         733         9,925   

Real estate—residential

     2,357         1,714         223         1,937         48         2,622   

Real estate—HELOC

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Consumer:

                 

Consumer—credit card

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Consumer—other

     51         49         —           49         —           43   

Leases

     —           —           —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 34,471       $ 20,935       $ 5,374       $ 26,309       $ 2,174       $ 25,995   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Troubled Debt Restructurings

A loan modification is considered a troubled debt restructuring (TDR) when a concession had been granted to a debtor experiencing financial difficulties. The Company’s modifications generally include interest rate adjustments, principal reductions, and amortization and maturity date extensions. These modifications allow the debtor short-term cash relief to allow them to improve their financial condition. The Company’s restructured loans are individually evaluated for impairment and evaluated as part of the allowance for loan loss as described above in the Allowance for Loan Losses section of this note.

The Company had $477 thousand and $347 thousand in commitments to lend to borrowers with loan modifications classified as TDR’s as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. The Company made no TDR’s in the last 12 months that had payment defaults for the year ended December 31, 2014.

 

79


Table of Contents

This table provides a summary of loans restructured by class during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 (in thousands):

 

    Year Ended December 31, 2014     Year Ended December 31, 2013  
    Number
of
Contracts
    Pre-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
    Post-
Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
    Number
of
Contracts
    Pre-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
    Post-
Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
 

Troubled Debt Restructurings

           

Commercial:

           

Commercial

    1      $ 469      $ 469        2      $ 1,128      $ 1,066   

Commercial—credit card

    —          —          —          —          —          —     

Real estate:

           

Real estate—construction

    —          —          —          —          —          —     

Real estate—commercial

    1        178        178        1        937        937   

Real estate—residential

    4        277        301        —          —          —     

Real estate—HELOC

    —          —          —          —          —          —     

Consumer:

           

Consumer—credit card

    —          —          —          —          —          —     

Consumer—other

    —          —          —          —          —          —     

Leases

    —          —          —          —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    6      $ 924      $ 948        3      $ 2,065      $ 2,003   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

4.  SECURITIES

Securities Available for Sale

This table provides detailed information about securities available for sale at December 31, 2014 and 2013 (in thousands):

 

2014

   Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value  

U.S. Treasury

   $ 519,484       $ 501       $ (525   $ 519,460   

U.S. Agencies

     991,084         780         (1,175     990,689   

Mortgage-backed

     3,276,009         28,470         (26,875     3,277,604   

State and political subdivisions

     1,983,549         22,973         (5,165     2,001,357   

Corporates

     124,096         —           (1,270     122,826   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,894,222       $ 52,724       $ (35,010   $ 6,911,936   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

2013

   Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value  

U.S. Treasury

   $ 110,789       $ 284       $ (873   $ 110,200   

U.S. Agencies

     1,258,176         2,793         (3,306     1,257,663   

Mortgage-backed

     2,984,963         23,942         (64,339     2,944,566   

State and political subdivisions

     2,003,509         23,493         (31,756     1,995,246   

Corporates

     457,275         902         (3,441     454,736   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,814,712       $ 51,414       $ (103,715   $ 6,762,411   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

80


Table of Contents

The following table presents contractual maturity information for securities available for sale at December 31, 2014 (in thousands):

 

     Amortized
Cost
     Fair Value  

Due in 1 year or less

   $ 607,929       $ 609,430   

Due after 1 year through 5 years

     2,223,097         2,231,267   

Due after 5 years through 10 years

     674,876         682,409   

Due after 10 years

     112,311         111,226   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     3,618,213         3,634,332   

Mortgage-backed securities

     3,276,009         3,277,604   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities available for sale

   $ 6,894,222       $ 6,911,936   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Securities may be disposed of before contractual maturities due to sales by the Company or because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

Proceeds from the sales of securities available for sale were $414.0 million, $685.0 million, and $1.0 billion for 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively. Securities transactions resulted in gross realized gains of $4.1 million for 2014, $8.7 million for 2013, and $20.2 million for 2012. The gross realized losses were $11 thousand for 2014, $200 thousand for 2013, and $30 thousand for 2012.

Securities available for sale with a market value of $5.7 billion at December 31, 2014, and $5.9 at December 31, 2013, were pledged to secure U.S. Government deposits, other public deposits and certain trust deposits as required by law. Of this amount, securities with a market value of $1.2 billion at December 31, 2014 and $1.7 billion at December 31, 2013 were pledged at the Federal Reserve Discount Window but were unencumbered as of those dates.

The following table shows the Company’s available for sale investments’ gross unrealized losses and fair value, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, at December 31, 2014 and 2013 (in thousands).

 

2014

   Less than 12 months     12 months or more     Total  

Description of Securities

   Fair Value      Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value      Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value      Unrealized
Losses
 

U.S. Treasury

   $ 236,591       $ (329   $ 14,863       $ (196   $ 251,454       $ (525

U.S. Agencies

     387,999         (689     81,593         (486     469,592         (1,175

Mortgage-backed

     727,142         (8,370     616,044         (18,504     1,343,186         (26,874

State and political subdivisions

     401,934         (1,406     226,678         (3,760     628,612         (5,166

Corporates

     36,655         (243     86,171         (1,027     122,826         (1,270
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total temporarily- impaired debt securities available for sale

   $ 1,790,321       $ (11,037   $ 1,025,349       $ (23,973   $ 2,815,670       $ (35,010
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

2013

   Less than 12 months     12 months or more     Total  

Description of Securities

   Fair Value      Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value      Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value      Unrealized
Losses
 

U.S. Treasury

   $ 39,822       $ (873   $ —         $ —        $ 39,822       $ (873

U.S. Agencies

     675,509         (3,130     9,824         (176     685,333         (3,306

Mortgage-backed

     1,945,964         (60,719     89,147         (3,620     2,035,111         (64,339

State and political subdivisions

     662,225         (25,064     87,061         (6,692     749,286         (31,756

Corporates

     271,834         (2,458     41,522         (983     313,356         (3,441
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total temporarily-impaired debt securities available for sale

   $ 3,595,354       $ (92,244   $ 227,554       $ (11,471   $ 3,822,908       $ (103,715
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

81


Table of Contents

The unrealized losses in the Company’s investments in U.S. treasury obligations, U.S. government agencies, GSE mortgage-backed securities, municipal securities, and corporates were caused by changes in the interest rate environment. The Company does not have the intent to sell these securities and does not believe it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell these securities before a recovery of amortized cost. The Company expects to recover its cost basis in the securities and does not consider these investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2014.

Securities Held to Maturity

The table below provides detailed information for securities held to maturity at December 31, 2014 and 2013 (in thousands):

 

2014

   Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
 

State and political subdivisions

   $ 278,054       $ 26,058       $     —         $ 304,112   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

2013

  

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

 

State and political subdivisions

   $ 209,770       $ 21,740       $     —         $ 231,510   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table presents contractual maturity information for securities held to maturity at December 31, 2014 (in thousands):

 

     Amortized
Cost
     Fair Value  

Due in 1 year or less

   $ 15       $ 16   

Due after 1 year through 5 years

     31,389         34,331   

Due after 5 years through 10 years

     165,062         180,531   

Due after 10 years

     81,588         89,234   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities held to maturity

   $ 278,054       $ 304,112   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

There were no sales of securities held to maturity during 2014, 2013, or 2012.

Trading Securities

The net unrealized gains on trading securities at December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012 were $101 thousand, $151 thousand, and $403 thousand, respectively. Net unrealized gains/losses were included in trading and investment banking income on the Consolidated Statements of Income.

 

82


Table of Contents

Federal Reserve Bank Stock and Other Securities

The table below provides detailed information for Federal Reserve Bank stock and other securities at December 31, 2014 and 2013 (in thousands):

 

2014

   Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value  

FRB and FHLB stock

   $ 26,279       $ —         $     —        $ 26,279   

Other securities—marketable

     —           16,668         —          16,668   

Other securities—non-marketable

     21,669         3,937         (79     25,527   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Federal Reserve Bank stock and other

   $ 47,948       $ 20,605       $ (79   $ 68,474   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

2013

                          

FRB stock

   $ 16,279       $ —         $ —        $ 16,279   

Other securities—marketable

     20         16,612         —          16,632   

Other securities—non-marketable

     17,139         432         —          17,571   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Federal Reserve Bank stock and other

   $ 33,438       $ 17,044       $ —        $ 50,482   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Federal Reserve Bank stock is based on the capital structure of the investing bank and is carried at cost. Other marketable and non-marketable securities include PCM alternative investments in hedge funds and private equity funds, which are accounted for as equity-method investments. The fair value of other marketable securities includes alternative investment securities of $16.7 million at December 31, 2014 and $16.6 million at December 31, 2013. The fair value of other non-marketable securities includes alternative investment securities of $8.5 million at December 31, 2014 and $4.7 million at December 31, 2013. Unrealized gains or losses on alternative investments are recognized in the Equity Earnings on Alternative Investments line of the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income. Unrealized gains on alternative investments of $422 thousand were recorded in the other noninterest income line of the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income in the previously filed Form 10-K for the year-ended December 31, 2012. This amount was reclassified to Equity Earnings on Alternative Investments line of the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income within this filing to conform to the current year presentation.

5.  SECURITIES PURCHASED UNDER AGREEMENTS TO RESELL

The Company regularly enters into agreements for the purchase of securities with simultaneous agreements to resell (resell agreements). The agreements permit the Company to sell or repledge these securities. Resell agreements were $95.5 million and $75.2 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The Company obtains possession of collateral with a market value equal to or in excess of the principal amount loaned under resell agreements.

6.  LOANS TO OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

Certain Company and principal Bank executive officers and directors, including companies in which those persons are principal holders of equity securities or are general partners, borrow in the normal course of business from the Bank. All such loans have been made on the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the same time for comparable transactions with unrelated parties. In addition, all such loans are current as to repayment terms.

 

83


Table of Contents

For the years 2014 and 2013, an analysis of activity with respect to such aggregate loans to related parties appears below (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31  
     2014     2013  

Balance—beginning of year

   $ 493,373      $ 480,291   

New loans

     139,442        149,709   

Repayments

     (91,308     (136,627
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance—end of year

   $ 541,507      $ 493,373   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

7.  GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLES

Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 by operating segment are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Bank      Institutional
Investment
Management
     Asset
Servicing
     Total  

Balances as of January 1, 2014

   $ 142,753       $ 47,529       $ 19,476       $ 209,758   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balances as of December 31, 2014

   $ 142,753       $ 47,529       $ 19,476       $ 209,758   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balances as of January 1, 2013

   $ 142,753       $ 47,529       $ 19,476       $ 209,758   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balances as of December 31, 2013

   $ 142,753       $ 47,529       $ 19,476       $ 209,758   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Following are the intangible assets that continue to be subject to amortization as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 (in thousands):

 

     As of December 31, 2014  
     Gross Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net Carrying
Amount
 

Core deposit intangible assets

   $ 36,497       $ 32,721       $ 3,776   

Customer relationships

     104,560         64,980         39,580   

Other intangible assets

     3,247         2,612         635   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total intangible assets

   $ 144,304       $ 100,313       $ 43,991   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     As of December 31, 2013  

Core deposit intangible assets

   $ 36,497       $ 31,674       $ 4,823   

Customer relationships

     103,960         54,062         49,898   

Other intangible assets

     3,247         2,383         864   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total intangible assets

   $ 143,704       $ 88,119       $ 55,585   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012 was $12.2 million, $13.2 million and $14.8 million, respectively. The following table discloses the estimated amortization expense of intangible assets in future years (in thousands):

 

For the year ending December 31, 2015

   $ 9,636   

For the year ending December 31, 2016

     8,428   

For the year ending December 31, 2017

     7,185   

For the year ending December 31, 2018

     4,994   

For the year ending December 31, 2019

     4,204   

 

84


Table of Contents

8.  PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

Premises and equipment consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31  
     2014     2013  

Land

   $ 43,798      $ 44,731   

Buildings and leasehold improvements

     301,687        300,175   

Equipment

     120,745        124,992   

Software

     132,265        121,974   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     598,495        591,872   

Accumulated depreciation

     (246,457     (247,519

Accumulated amortization

     (94,203     (94,664
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Premises and equipment, net

   $ 257,835      $ 249,689   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consolidated rental and operating lease expenses were $12.0 million in 2014, $10.9 million in 2013, and $10.8 million in 2012. Consolidated bank premises and equipment depreciation and amortization expenses were $34.2 million in 2014, $31.0 million in 2013, and $26.1 million in 2011.

Minimum future rental commitments as of December 31, 2014, for all non-cancelable operating leases are as follows (in thousands):

 

2015

   $ 9,325   

2016

     8,626   

2017

     8,335   

2018

     7,903   

2019

     7,668   

Thereafter

     31,616   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 73,473   
  

 

 

 

 

85


Table of Contents

9.  BORROWED FUNDS

The components of the Company’s short-term and long-term debt are as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31  
     2014      2013  

Short-term debt:

     

Federal Home Loan Bank 5.89% due 2014

   $ —         $ 107   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total short-term debt

     —           107   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term debt:

     

Kansas Equity Fund IV, L.P. 0% due 2017

     71         173   

Kansas Equity Fund V, L.P. 0% due 2017

     119         176   

Kansas Equity Fund VI, L.P. 0% due 2017

     239         369   

Kansas Equity Fund IX, L.P. 0% due 2023

     341         408   

Kansas Equity Fund X, L.P. 0% due 2021

     419         469   

Kansas City Equity Fund 2007, L.L.C. 0% due 2016

     86         162   

Kansas City Equity Fund 2008, L.L.C. 0% due 2016

     149         290   

Kansas City Equity Fund 2009, L.L.C. 0% due 2017

     371         504   

St. Louis Equity Fund 2007 L.L.C. 0% due 2016

     39         179   

St. Louis Equity Fund 2008 L.L.C. 0% due 2016

     160         310   

St. Louis Equity Fund 2009 L.L.C. 0% due 2017

     395         544   

St. Louis Equity Fund 2012 L.L.C. 0% due 2020

     402         481   

St. Louis Equity Fund 2013 L.L.C. 0% due 2021

     1,758         —     

St. Louis Equity Fund 2014 L.L.C. 0% due 2022

     1,819         —     

MHEG Community Fund 41, L.P. 0% due 2024

     957         990   

MHEG Community Fund 43, L.P. 0% due 2026

     1,485         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

     8,810         5,055   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total borrowed funds

   $ 8,810       $ 5,162   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Aggregate annual repayments of long-term debt at December 31, 2014, are as follows (in thousands):

 

2015

   $ 1,584   

2016

     1,552   

2017

     1,252   

2018

     1,112   

2019

     1,091   

Thereafter

     2,219   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 8,810   
  

 

 

 

The Company became a member bank of the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) of Des Moines in March 2014. Through this relationship, the Company purchased $10.0 million of FHLB stock and has access to additional liquidity and funding sources through FHLB advances. The Company’s borrowing capacity is dependent upon the amount of collateral the Company places at the FHLB. On December 24, 2014, the FHLB issued a 30-day letter of credit of $150.0 million on behalf of the Company to secure public fund deposits, which expired on January 23, 2015. The letter of credit reduced the Company’s borrowing capacity with the FHLB from $483 million to $333 million as of December 31, 2014. The Company had no outstanding FHLB advances as of December 31, 2014. All of the Federal Home Loan Bank notes are secured by investment securities of the Company. Federal Home Loan Bank notes require monthly principal and interest payments and may require a penalty for payoff prior to the maturity date.

 

86


Table of Contents

The Company has a revolving line of credit with Wells Fargo, N.A. which allows the Company to borrow up to $25.0 million for general working capital purposes. The interest rate applied to borrowed balances will be at the Company’s option either 1.00 percent above LIBOR or 1.75 percent below Prime on the date of an advance. The Company will also pay a 0.2 percent unused commitment fee for unused portions of the line of credit. The Company currently has no outstanding balance on this line of credit.

The Company enters into sales of securities with simultaneous agreements to repurchase (repurchase agreements). The amounts received under these agreements represent short-term borrowings. The amount outstanding at December 31, 2014, was $2.0 billion (with accrued interest payable of $10 thousand). The amount outstanding at December 31, 2013, was $1.6 billion (with accrued interest payable of $8 thousand).

The carrying amounts and market values of the securities and the related repurchase liabilities and weighted average interest rates of the repurchase liabilities (grouped by maturity of the repurchase agreements) were as follows as of December 31, 2014 (in thousands):

 

Maturity of the Repurchase Liabilities

   Securities Market
Value
     Repurchase
Liabilities
     Weighted Average
Interest Rate
 

On Demand

   $ 3,008       $ 3,001         0.01

2 to 30 days

     2,003,126         1,979,783         0.19   

Over 90 Days

     301         300         0.00   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,006,435       $ 1,983,084         0.19
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

10.  REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

Payment of dividends by the Bank to the parent company is subject to various regulatory restrictions. For national banks, the governing regulatory agency must approve the declaration of any dividends generally in excess of the sum of net income for that year and retained net income for the preceding two years.

The Bank maintains a reserve balance with the Federal Reserve Bank as required by law. During 2014, this amount averaged $729.1 million, compared to $639.7 million in 2013.

The Company is required to maintain minimum amounts of capital to total “risk weighted” assets, as defined by the banking regulators. At December 31, 2014, the Company is required to have minimum tier 1 and total capital ratios of 4.0% and 8.0%, respectively. The Company’s actual ratios at that date were 13.29% and 14.04%, respectively. The Company is required to have a minimum leverage ratio of 4.0%, and the leverage ratio at December 31, 2014, was 8.72%.

As of December 31, 2014, the most recent notification from the Office of Comptroller of the Currency categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well-capitalized the Bank must maintain total risk-based, tier 1 risk-based and tier 1 leverage ratios of 10.0%, 6.0% and 5.0%, respectively. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the Bank’s category.

In July 2013 the Federal Reserve approved a final rule to implement in the United States the Basel III regulatory capital reforms from the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and certain changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act. The final rule increases minimum requirements for both the quantity and quality of capital held by banking organizations. The rule includes a new minimum ratio of common equity tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 4.5% and a common equity tier 1 capital conservation buffer of 2.5% of risk-weighted assets. The final rule also adjusted the methodology for calculating risk-weighted assets to enhance risk sensitivity. Beginning January 1, 2015, the Company must be compliant with revised minimum regulatory capital ratios and will begin the transitional period for definitions of regulatory capital and regulatory capital adjustments and deductions established under the final rule. Compliance with the risk-weighted asset calculations will be required on January 1, 2015. The Company’s capital ratios are higher than those required in the final rule.

 

87


Table of Contents

In addition, under amendments to the BHCA effected by the Dodd-Frank Act and commonly known as the Volcker Rule, the Company and its subsidiaries are subject to extensive limits on proprietary trading and on owning or sponsoring hedge funds and private-equity funds. The limits on proprietary trading are largely focused on purchases or sales of financial instruments by a banking entity as principal primarily for the purpose of short-term resale, benefitting from actual or expected short-term price movements, or realizing short-term arbitrage profits. The limits on owning or sponsoring hedge funds and private-equity funds are designed to ensure that banking entities generally maintain only small positions in managed or advised funds and are not exposed to significant losses arising directly or indirectly from them. The Volcker Rule also provides for increased capital charges, quantitative limits, rigorous compliance programs, and other restrictions on permitted proprietary trading and fund activities, including a prohibition on transactions with a covered fund that would constitute a covered transaction under Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act. The Company is currently assessing the impact to its businesses of the final regulation implementing the Volcker Rule, which was issued in December 2013, and will have fully conformed its activities by July 21, 2015.

Actual capital amounts as well as required and well-capitalized tier 1, total and tier 1 Leverage ratios as of December 31, for the Company and its banks are as follows (in thousands):

 

     2014  
     Actual     For Capital
Adequacy
Purposes
    To Be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions
 
     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio  

Tier 1 Capital:

               

UMB Financial Corporation

   $ 1,393,389         13.29   $ 419,383         4.00   $ N/A         N/A

UMB Bank, n. a.

     1,209,096         11.68        414,135         4.00        621,202         6.00   

Total Capital:

               

UMB Financial Corporation

     1,471,631         14.04        838,766         8.00        N/A         N/A   

UMB Bank, n. a.

     1,287,338         12.43        828,270         8.00        1,035,337         10.00   

Tier 1 Leverage:

               

UMB Financial Corporation

     1,393,389         8.72        639,476         4.00        N/A         N/A   

UMB Bank, n. a.

     1,209,096         7.63        634,187         4.00        792,733         5.00   
     2013  

Tier 1 Capital:

               

UMB Financial Corporation

   $ 1,285,100         13.61   $ 377,681         4.00   $ N/A         N/A

UMB Bank, n. a.

     1,095,446         11.73        373,509         4.00        560,264         6.00   

Total Capital:

               

UMB Financial Corporation

     1,362,015         14.43        755,361         8.00        N/A         N/A   

UMB Bank, n. a.

     1,172,361         12.56        747,018         8.00        933,773         10.00   

Tier 1 Leverage:

               

UMB Financial Corporation

     1,285,100         8.41        611,206         4.00        N/A         N/A   

UMB Bank, n. a.

     1,095,446         7.21        608,148         4.00        760,185         5.00   

11.  EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

The Company has a discretionary noncontributory profit sharing plan, which features an employee stock ownership plan. This plan is for the benefit of substantially all eligible officers and employees of the Company and its subsidiaries. The Company has accrued and anticipates making a discretionary payment of $2.0 million in March 2015, for 2014. A $2.9 million contribution was paid in 2014, for 2013. A $2.5 million contribution was paid in 2013, for 2012.

 

88


Table of Contents

The Company has a qualified 401(k) profit sharing plan that permits participants to make contributions by salary deduction. The Company made a matching contribution to this plan of $5.2 million in 2014, for 2013 and $5.1 million in 2013, for 2012. The Company anticipates making a matching contribution of $5.9 million in March 2015, for 2014.

The Company recognized $2.0 million, $2.0 million, and $2.3 million in expense related to outstanding stock options and $7.2 million, $5.9 million, and $4.6 million in expense related to outstanding restricted stock grants for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively. The Company has $5.2 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to the outstanding options and $14.2 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to outstanding restricted stock grants at December 31, 2014.

2002 Incentive Stock Option Plan

On April 18, 2002, the shareholders of the Company approved the 2002 Incentive Stock Options Plan (the 2002 Plan), which provides incentive options to certain key employees to receive up to 2 million common shares of the Company. All options that are issued under the 2002 Plan are in effect for 10 years (except for any option granted to a person holding more than 10 percent of the Company’s stock, in which case the option is in effect for five years). All options issued prior to 2005, under the 2002 Plan, could not be exercised until at least four years 11 months after the date they are granted. Options issued in 2006, 2007, and 2008 under the 2002 Plan, have a vesting schedule of 50 percent after three years; 75 percent after four years and 100 percent after four years and eleven months. Except under circumstances of death, disability or certain retirements, the options cannot be exercised after the grantee has left the employment of the Company or its subsidiaries. The exercise period for an option may be accelerated upon the optionee’s qualified disability, retirement or death. All options expire at the end of the exercise period. Prior to 2006, the Company made no recognition in the balance sheet of the options until such options were exercised and no amounts applicable thereto were reflected in net income as all options were granted at strike prices at the then current fair value of the underlying shares. For options granted after January 1, 2006, compensation expense is recognized on unvested options outstanding. Options are granted at exercise prices of no less than 100 percent of the fair market value of the underlying shares based on the fair value of the option at date of grant. On January 25, 2011, the Board of Directors amended and froze the 2002 Plan such that no shares of Company stock shall thereafter be available for grants under the 2002 Plan. Existing awards granted under the 2002 Plan will continue in accordance with their terms under the 2002 Plan. The plan expired without modification on April 17, 2012.

The table below discloses the information relating to option activity in 2014, under the 2002 Plan:

 

Stock Options Under the 2002 Plan

   Number
of Shares
    Weighted Average
Price Per Share
     Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Outstanding—December 31, 2013

     341,491      $ 36.05         

Granted

     —          —           

Canceled

     (7,673     32.68         

Exercised

     (75,343     31.52         
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

Outstanding—December 31, 2014

     258,475        37.47         2.5       $ 5,020,538   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable—December 31, 2014

     258,475        37.47         
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

Exercisable and expected to be exercisable— December 31, 2014

     258,475      $ 37.47         2.5       $ 5,020,538   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

No options were granted under the 2002 Plan during 2014, 2013, or 2012. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the year ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012 was $2.0 million, $3.4 million, and $2.0 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2014, there was no unrecognized compensation cost related to the nonvested options.

 

89


Table of Contents

Long-Term Incentive Compensation Plan

At the April 26, 2005, shareholders’ meeting, the shareholders approved the UMB Financial Corporation Long-Term Incentive Compensation Plan (LTIP) which became effective as of January 1, 2005. The LTIP permits the issuance to selected officers of the Company service-based restricted stock grants, performance-based restricted stock grants and non-qualified stock options. Service-based restricted stock grants contain a service requirement. The performance-based restricted grants contain performance and service requirements. The non-qualified stock options contains a service requirement.

At the April 23, 2013 shareholders’ meeting, the shareholders approved amendments to the LTIP Plan, including increasing the shares of the Company’s stock reserved under the Plan from 5.25 million shares to 7.44 million shares. Additionally, the shareholders approved increasing the maximum benefits any one eligible employee may receive under the plan during any one fiscal year from $1 million to $2 million taking into account the value of all stock options and restricted stock received.

The service-based restricted stock grants contain a service requirement with varying vesting schedules. The majority of these grants utilize a vesting schedule in which 50 percent of the shares vest after three years of service, 75 percent after four years of service and 100 percent after five years of service. The remainder of these grants utilize vesting schedules in which the grants vest ratably over three years or contain a three-year cliff vesting.

The performance-based restricted stock grants contain a service and a performance requirement. The performance requirement is based on a predetermined performance requirement over a three year period. The service requirement portion is a three year cliff vesting. If the performance requirement is not met, the executives do not receive the shares.

The dividends on service and performance-based restricted stock grants are treated as two separate transactions. First, cash dividends are paid on the restricted stock. Those cash dividends are then paid to purchase additional shares of restricted stock. Dividends earned as additional shares of restricted stock have the same terms as the associated grant. The dividends paid on the stock are recorded as a reduction to retained earnings (similar to all dividend transactions).

The table below discloses the status of the service-based restricted shares during 2014:

 

Service-Based Restricted Stock

   Number
of Shares
     Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair
Value
 

Nonvested—December 31, 2013

     426,922       $ 43.58   

Granted

     153,721         57.42   

Canceled

     (27,856      45.07   

Vested

     (96,156      41.58   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Nonvested—December 31, 2014

     456,631       $ 48.57   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2014, there was $12.6 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to the nonvested shares. The cost is expected to be recognized over a period of 2.8 years. Total fair value of shares vested during the year ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012 was $5.6 million, $4.3 million, and $2.3 million respectively.

 

90


Table of Contents

The table below discloses the status of the performance-based restricted shares during 2014:

 

Performance-Based Restricted Stock

   Number
of Shares
     Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair
Value
 

Nonvested—December 31, 2013

     112,197       $ 42.46   

Granted

     31,590         57.40   

Canceled

     (6,443      44.44   

Vested

     (36,075      41.71   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Nonvested—December 31, 2014

     101,269       $ 47.26   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2014, there was $1.6 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to the nonvested shares. The cost is expected to be recognized over a period of 1.7 years. Total fair value of shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, was $2.3 million, $1.6 million and $1.3 million, respectively.

The non-qualified stock options carry a service requirement and will vest 50 percent after three years, 75 percent after four years and 100 percent after five years.

The table below discloses the information relating to non-qualified option activity in 2014 under the LTIP:

 

Stock Options Under the LTIP

   Number of
Shares
    Weighted Average
Price Per Share
     Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Outstanding—December 31, 2013

     1,342,025      $ 40.45         

Granted

     259,158        57.40         

Canceled

     (60,373     44.18         

Exercised

     (156,775     36.08         
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

Outstanding—December 31, 2014

     1,384,035        44.03         6.3       $ 17,801,893   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable—December 31, 2014

     525,298        39.43         
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

Exercisable and expected to be exercisable—December 31, 2014

     1,328,241      $ 43.76         6.2       $ 17,440,423   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company uses the Black-Scholes pricing model to determine the fair value of its options. The assumptions for stock-based awards in the past three years utilized in the model are shown in the table below.

 

Black-Scholes pricing model:

   2014     2013     2012  

Weighted average fair value of the granted options

   $ 13.03      $ 10.18      $ 8.83   

Weighted average risk-free interest rate

     1.77     1.49     1.14

Expected option life in years

     6.25        6.25        6.25   

Expected volatility

     24.87     26.36     27.02

Expected dividend yield

     1.53     1.83     1.95

The expected option life is derived from historical exercise patterns and represents the amount of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. The expected volatility is based on historical volatilities of the Company’s stock. The risk-free interest rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant.

The weighted average grant-date fair value of options granted during the years 2014, 2013, and 2012 was $13.03, $10.18, and $8.83. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, was $3.7 million, $2.4 million and $1.3 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2014, there was $5.2 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to the nonvested options. The cost is expected to be recognized over a period of 3.1 years.

 

91


Table of Contents

Cash received from options exercised under all share based compensation plans was $8.0 million, $9.0 million, and $6.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively. The tax benefit realized for stock options exercised was $1.9 million in 2014, $1.2 million in 2013 and $359 thousand in 2012.

The Company has no specific policy to repurchase common shares to mitigate the dilutive impact of options; however, the Company has historically made adequate discretionary purchases to satisfy stock option exercise activity. See a description of the Company’s share repurchase plan in Note 13, “Common Stock and Earnings Per Share,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements provided in Item 8, page 94 of this report.

12.  BUSINESS SEGMENT REPORTING

The Company has strategically aligned its operations into the following four reportable segments (collectively, “Business Segments”): Bank, Payment Solutions, Institutional Investment Management, and Asset Servicing. Business segment financial results produced by the Company’s internal management reporting system are evaluated regularly by senior executive officers in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance for individual Business Segments. The management reporting system assigns balance sheet and income statement items to each business segment using methodologies that are refined on an ongoing basis. For comparability purposes, amounts in all periods presented are based on methodologies in effect at December 31, 2014. Previously reported results have been reclassified to conform to the current organizational structure.

The following summaries provide information about the activities of each segment:

The Bank provides a full range of banking services to commercial, retail, government and correspondent bank customers through the Company’s branches, call center, internet banking, and ATM network. Services include traditional commercial and consumer banking, treasury management, leasing, foreign exchange, merchant bankcard, wealth management, brokerage, insurance, capital markets, investment banking, corporate trust, and correspondent banking.

Payment Solutions provides consumer and commercial credit and debit card, prepaid debit card solutions, healthcare services, and institutional cash management. Healthcare services include health savings account and flexible savings account products for healthcare providers, third-party administrators and large employers.

Institutional Investment Management provides equity and fixed income investment strategies in the intermediary and institutional markets via mutual funds, traditional separate accounts and sub-advisory relationships.

Asset Servicing provides services to the asset management industry, supporting a range of investment products, including mutual funds, alternative investments and managed accounts. Services include fund administration, fund accounting, investor services, transfer agency, distribution, marketing, custody, alternative investment services, managed account services, and collective and multiple-series trust services.

 

92


Table of Contents

BUSINESS SEGMENT INFORMATION

Line of business/segment financial results were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2014  
     Bank      Payment
Solutions
     Institutional
Investment
Management
    Asset
Servicing
     Total  

Net interest income

   $ 292,357       $ 52,251       $ (3   $ 5,450       $ 350,055   

Provision for loan losses

     9,175         7,825         —          —           17,000   

Noninterest income

     194,223         84,477         131,226        88,762         498,688   

Noninterest expense

     405,065         94,177         92,008        75,676         666,926   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before taxes

     72,340         34,726         39,215        18,536         164,817   

Income tax expense

     19,487         9,311         10,331        5,033         44,162   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 52,853       $ 25,415       $ 28,884      $ 13,503       $ 120,655   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Average assets

   $ 12,099,000       $ 2,456,000       $ 72,000      $ 1,372,000       $ 15,999,000   

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2013  
     Bank      Payment
Solutions
     Institutional
Investment
Management
    Asset
Servicing
     Total  

Net interest income

   $ 285,112       $ 45,832       $ (32   $ 2,357       $ 333,269   

Provision for loan losses

     5,535         11,965         —          —           17,500   

Noninterest income

     210,535         74,223         126,442        80,633         491,833   

Noninterest expense

     376,307         86,746         88,336        72,789         624,178   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before taxes

     113,805         21,344         38,074        10,201         183,424   

Income tax expense

     28,548         6,739         10,002        4,170         49,459   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 85,257       $ 14,605       $ 28,072      $ 6,031       $ 133,965   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Average assets

   $ 11,255,000       $ 1,736,000       $ 77,000      $ 1,963,000       $ 15,031,000   

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2012  
     Bank      Payment
Solutions
     Institutional
Investment
Management
     Asset
Servicing
     Total  

Net interest income

   $ 274,843       $ 43,351       $ 2       $ 1,860       $ 320,056   

Provision for loan losses

     9,267         8,233         —           —           17,500   

Noninterest income

     214,595         67,887         100,051         75,589         458,122   

Noninterest expense

     381,273         69,205         71,053         68,923         590,454   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before taxes

     98,898         33,800         29,000         8,526         170,224   

Income tax expense

     26,543         9,523         8,098         3,343         47,507   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 72,355       $ 24,277       $ 20,902       $ 5,183       $ 122,717   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Average assets

   $ 10,864,000       $ 1,282,000       $ 79,000       $ 1,164,000       $ 13,389,000   

 

 

93


Table of Contents

13.  COMMON STOCK AND EARNINGS PER SHARE

The following table summarizes the share transactions for the three years ended December 31, 2014:

 

     Shares
Issued
     Shares in
Treasury
 

Balance December 31, 2011

     55,056,730         (14,630,388

Purchase of Treasury Stock

     —           (514,824

Sale of Treasury Stock

     —           21,950   

Issued for stock options & restricted stock

     —           407,410   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance December 31, 2012

     55,056,730         (14,715,852

Common stock issuance

        4,485,000   

Purchase of Treasury Stock

     —           (99,402

Sale of Treasury Stock

     —           14,661   

Issued for stock options & restricted stock

     —           480,100   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance December 31, 2013

     55,056,730         (9,835,493

Purchase of Treasury Stock

     —           (130,197

Sale of Treasury Stock

     —           15,320   

Issued for stock options & restricted stock

     —           425,828   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance December 31, 2014

     55,056,730         (9,524,542
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

In 2013, the Company completed the issuance of 4.5 million shares of common stock with net proceeds of $231.4 million to be used for strategic growth purposes. The Company’s Board of Directors approved a plan to repurchase up to 2 million shares of common stock annually at its 2011, 2012, 2013 and 2014 meetings. All open market share purchases under the share repurchase plans are intended to be within the scope of Rule 10b-18 promulgated under the Exchange Act. Rule 10b-18 provides a safe harbor for purchases in a given day if the Company satisfies the manner, timing and volume conditions of the rule when purchasing its own common shares. The Company has not made any repurchases other than through these plans.

Basic earnings per share are computed by dividing income available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per share gives effect to all potential common shares that were outstanding during the year.

The shares used in the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share, are shown below:

 

     For the Years Ended December 31  
     2014      2013      2012  

Weighted average basic common shares outstanding

     44,844,578         41,275,839         40,034,428   

Dilutive effect of stock options and restricted stock

     600,705         562,741         398,939   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average diluted common shares outstanding

     45,445,283         41,838,580         40,433,367   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

14.  COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENCIES AND GUARANTEES

In the normal course of business, the Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in order to meet the financing needs of its customers and to reduce its own exposure to fluctuations in interest rates. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, commercial letters of credit, standby letters of credit, and futures contracts. These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheet. The contract or notional amount of those instruments reflects the extent of involvement the Company has in particular classes of financial instruments.

 

94


Table of Contents

The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instruments for commitments to extend credit, commercial letters of credit, and standby letters of credit is represented by the contract or notional amount of those instruments. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments.

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the agreement. These conditions generally include, but are not limited to, each customer being current as to repayment terms of existing loans and no deterioration in the customer’s financial condition. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. The interest rate is generally a variable rate. If the commitment has a fixed interest rate, the rate is generally not set until such time as credit is extended. For credit card customers, the Company has the right to change or terminate terms or conditions of the credit card account at any time. Since a large portion of the commitments and unused credit card lines are never actually drawn upon, the total commitment amount does not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on an individual basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Company upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation. Collateral pledged by customers varies but may include accounts receivable, inventory, real estate, plant and equipment, stock, securities and certificates of deposit.

Commercial letters of credit are issued specifically to facilitate trade or commerce. Under the terms of a commercial letter of credit, as a general rule, drafts will be drawn when the underlying transaction is consummated as intended.

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company payable upon the non-performance of a customer’s obligation to a third party. The Company issues standby letters of credit for terms ranging from three months to five years. The Company generally requires the customer to pledge collateral to support the letter of credit. The maximum liability to the Company under standby letters of credit at December 31, 2014 and 2013, was $375.0 million and $356.1 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, standby letters of credit totaling $54.6 million and $51.8 million, respectively, were with related parties to the Company.

The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities. The Company holds collateral supporting those commitments when deemed necessary. Collateral varies but may include such items as those described for commitments to extend credit.

Futures contracts are contracts for delayed delivery of securities or money market instruments in which the seller agrees to make delivery at a specified future date, of a specified instrument, at a specified yield. Risks arise from the possible inability of counterparties to meet the terms of their contracts and from movement in securities values and interest rates. Instruments used in trading activities are carried at market value and gains and losses on futures contracts are settled in cash daily. Any changes in the market value are recognized in trading and investment banking income.

The Company uses contracts to offset interest rate risk on specific securities held in the trading portfolio. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, there were no notional amounts outstanding for these contracts. Open futures contract positions average notional amount was $0.9 million and $11.4 million during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Net futures activity resulted in losses of $319 thousand, $131 thousand and $598 thousand for 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively. The Company controls the credit risk of its futures contracts through credit approvals, limits and monitoring procedures.

The Company also enters into foreign exchange contracts on a limited basis. For operating purposes, the Company maintains certain balances in foreign banks. Foreign exchange contracts are purchased on a monthly basis to avoid foreign exchange risk on these foreign balances. The Company will also enter into foreign exchange contracts to facilitate foreign exchange needs of customers. The Company will enter into a contract to

 

95


Table of Contents

buy or sell a foreign currency at a future date only as part of a contract to sell or buy the foreign currency at the same future date to a customer. During 2014, contracts to purchase and to sell foreign currency averaged approximately $51.8 million compared to $12.4 million during 2013. The net gains on these foreign exchange contracts for 2014, 2013 and 2012 were $1.7 million, $2.2 million and $2.3 million, respectively.

With respect to group concentrations of credit risk, most of the Company’s business activity is with customers in the states of Missouri, Kansas, Colorado, Oklahoma, Nebraska, Arizona, Illinois, and Texas. At December 31, 2014, the Company did not have any significant credit concentrations in any particular industry.

The following table summarizes the Company’s off-balance sheet financial instruments as described above.

 

     Contract or Notional
Amount December 31
 

(in thousands)

   2014      2013  

Commitments to extend credit for loans (excluding credit card loans)

   $ 3,509,841       $ 2,690,268   

Commitments to extend credit under credit card loans

     2,690,752         2,215,278   

Commercial letters of credit

     1,334         5,949   

Standby letters of credit

     375,003         356,054   

Forward contracts

     144,950         21,525   

Spot foreign exchange contracts

     14,721         8,001   

15.  ACQUISITIONS

The following two acquisitions were completed during the third and fourth quarters of 2010. The pro-forma impact of these transactions was not material. Each of these acquisitions has a contingent consideration liability measured at fair value through earnings which has had payments and valuation adjustments applied since the acquisition date. A rollforward of these changes is included in Note 18, “Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements under Item 8 on pages 101 through 108.

On July 30, 2010, UMB Advisors, LLC (UMB Advisors) and UMB Merchant Banc, LLC (UMBMB), subsidiaries of UMB Financial Corporation, completed the purchase of substantially all of the assets of Prairie Capital Management LLC (Prairie Capital) and PCM LLC for cash of $25.9 million and future consideration. After the completion of the transaction, UMB Advisors name was changed to Prairie Capital Management, LLC. PCM is in the business of providing investment management services, and is the general partner of various PCM investment funds. UMB Advisors purchased substantially all of the assets of Prairie Capital’s business, and UMBMB purchased substantially all of the assets of PCM LLC’s business. As of the date of acquisition, this acquisition increased the Company’s assets under management base by $2.2 billion and increased the Company’s servicing assets by $2.6 billion. Goodwill amounted to $32.2 million with the remaining purchase price allocated to cash, furniture, fixtures, prepaid assets, and unearned income. Identifiable intangible assets amounted to $19.4 million. Total goodwill and intangible assets are inclusive of contingent earn-out payments based on revenue targets over five years. This earn-out liability was estimated to be $26.0 million at the purchase date. Since the date of acquisition, earn-out payments and valuation adjustments have been made resulting in a contingent earn-out liability of $9.4 million at December 31, 2014.

On June 30, 2014, the Company entered into a settlement agreement to resolve objections to its calculation of the earn-out amount owed to the sellers of PCM and a related incentive bonus calculation for the employees of PCM. As of March 31, 2014, $15.0 million of contingency reserve expense had been accrued related to this dispute. An additional $5.3 million of contingency reserve expense was recorded during the second quarter for a total estimated settlement liability of $20.3 million. On June 30, 2014, the Company made payment of $6.0 million, reducing the remaining contingency reserve to $14.3 million. Since the date of settlement, valuation adjustments have been made resulting in a post-settlement contingent earn-out liability of $12.2 million at December 31, 2014.

 

96


Table of Contents

On September 1, 2010, Scout Investments, Inc. (Scout), a wholly-owned subsidiary of UMB Financial Corporation, completed the purchase of substantially all of the assets of Reams Asset Management Company, LLC (Reams) for cash of $44.7 million and future consideration. Reams is a provider of investment management services to institutional clients and a manager of over $9.8 billion in fixed income assets. Reams is now operated as a division of Scout Investments, Inc. Goodwill amounted to $47.5 million with the remaining purchase price allocated to cash, furniture, fixtures, prepaid assets, and unearned income. Identifiable intangible assets totaled $26.0 million. Total goodwill and intangible assets are inclusive of contingent earn-out payments based on revenue and expense targets over five years. This earn-out liability was estimated to be $32.5 million at the purchase date. Since the date of acquisition, earn-out payments and valuation adjustments have been made resulting in a contingent earn-out liability of $31.8 million at December 31, 2014.

On December 15, 2014, the Company entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger with Marquette Financial Companies, the beneficial owners of all of the outstanding shares of Marquette, and Lakes Merger Sub LLC, a Missouri limited liability company and wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. The Merger Agreement and the merger were unanimously approved by the boards of directors of the Company and Marquette. Pending regulatory approval, the merger is expected to close in mid-2015, and subject to the terms and conditions of the Merger Agreement, each share of Marquette common stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the merger will be converted into the right to receive 9.131 shares of the Company’s common stock, or approximately 3.4 million shares of the Company’s common stock in the aggregate, subject to an adjustment as provided in the Merger Agreement. The market value of the shares to be issued in connection with the Merger was approximately $182.5 million, based on the Company’s closing stock price of $53.16 on December 12, 2014.

16.  INCOME TAXES

Income taxes as set forth below produce effective income tax rates of 26.8 percent in 2014, 27.0 percent in 2013, and 27.9 percent in 2012. These percentages are computed by dividing total income tax by income before income taxes.

Income tax expense includes the following components (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31  
      2014     2013     2012  

Current tax

      

Federal

   $ 53,314      $ 50,832      $ 40,837   

State

     2,304        3,750        2,995   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current tax expense

     55,618        54,582        43,832   

Deferred tax

      

Federal

     (11,448     (4,278     2,862   

State

     (8     (845     813   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax (benefit) expense

     (11,456     (5,123     3,675   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total tax expense

   $ 44,162      $ 49,459      $ 47,507   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

97


Table of Contents

The reconciliation between the income tax expense and the amount computed by applying the statutory federal tax rate of 35% to income before income taxes is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31  
     2014     2013     2012  

Statutory federal income tax expense

   $ 57,686      $ 64,199      $ 59,578   

Tax-exempt interest income

     (13,861     (14,146     (13,480

State and local income taxes, net of federal tax benefits

     1,403        1,887        2,475   

Federal tax credits

     (1,433     (2,338     (1,090

Other

     367        (143     24   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total tax expense

   $ 44,162      $ 49,459      $ 47,507   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

In preparing its tax returns, the Company is required to interpret tax laws and regulations to determine its taxable income. Periodically, the Company is subject to examinations by various taxing authorities that may give rise to differing interpretations of these laws. Upon examination, agreement of tax liabilities between the Company and the multiple tax jurisdictions in which the Company files tax returns may ultimately be different. The Company is in the examination process with the Internal Revenue Service for tax year 2012. The Company believes the aggregate amount of any additional liabilities that may result from this examination, if any, will not have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows of the Company.

Deferred income taxes result from differences between the carrying value of assets and liabilities measured for financial reporting and the tax basis of assets and liabilities for income tax return purposes.

The significant components of deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected in the following table (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2014     2013  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Net unrealized loss on securities available for sale

   $ —        $ 19,495   

Loans, principally due to allowance for loan losses

     28,924        28,367   

Stock-based compensation

     7,109        6,302   

Accrued expenses

     24,747        19,943   

Intangibles

     7,254        —     

Miscellaneous

     3,551        4,474   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets before valuation allowance

     71,585        78,581   

Valuation allowance

     (3,417     (2,680
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     68,168        75,901   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Net unrealized gain on securities available for sale

     (6,879     —     

Land, buildings and equipment

     (24,002     (25,403

Original issue discount

     (4,311     (4,439

Partnership investments

     (7,838     (6,540

Intangibles

     —          (238

Miscellaneous

     (6,183     (5,408
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (49,213     (42,028
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

   $ 18,955      $ 33,873   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company has various state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $0.6 million as of December 31, 2014. These net operating losses expire at various times between 2015 and 2034. The Company

 

98


Table of Contents

has a full valuation allowance for these state net operating losses as they are not expected to be realized. In addition, the Company has a valuation allowance of $2.8 million to reduce certain other state deferred tax assets to the amount of tax benefit management believes it will more likely than not realize.

The net deferred tax asset at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 is included in the Other assets line of the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Liabilities Associated With Unrecognized Tax Benefits

The Company and its subsidiaries file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various states. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local income tax examinations by tax authorities for tax years prior to 2011 in the jurisdictions in which it files.

The gross amount of unrecognized tax benefits totaled $4.0 million and $5.0 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits, net of associated deferred tax benefit, that would impact the effective tax rate, if recognized, would be $2.6 million and $3.3 million at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. The unrecognized tax benefit relates to state tax positions that have a corresponding federal tax benefit. While it is expected that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits will change in the next twelve months, the Company does not expect this change to have a material impact on the results of operations or the financial position of the Company.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2014      2013  

Unrecognized tax benefits—opening balance

   $ 4,997       $ 4,347   

Gross decreases—tax positions in prior period

     (444      (80

Gross increases—current-period tax positions

     964         1,049   

Lapse of statute of limitations

     (1,492      (319
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unrecognized tax benefits—ending balance

   $ 4,025       $ 4,997   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

17.  DERIVATIVES AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES

Risk Management Objective of Using Derivatives

The Company is exposed to certain risks arising from both its business operations and economic conditions. The Company principally manages its exposures to a wide variety of business and operational risks through management of its core business activities. The Company manages economic risks, including interest rate, liquidity, and credit risk, primarily by managing the amount, sources, and duration of its assets and liabilities. Specifically, the Company enters into derivative financial instruments to manage exposures that arise from business activities that result in the receipt or payment of future known and uncertain cash amounts, the value of which are determined by interest rates. The Company’s derivative financial instruments are used to manage differences in the amount, timing, and duration of the Company’s known or expected cash receipts and its known or expected cash payments principally related to certain fixed rate assets. The Company also has interest rate derivatives that result from a service provided to certain qualifying customers and, therefore, are not used to manage interest rate risk of the Company’s assets or liabilities. The Company has entered into an offsetting position for each of these derivative instruments with a matching instrument from another financial institution in order to minimize its net risk exposure resulting from such transactions.

 

99


Table of Contents

Fair Value of Derivative Instruments on the Balance Sheet

The table below presents the fair value of the Company’s derivative financial instruments as of December 31, 2014 and 2013. The Company’s derivative asset and derivative liability are located within Other Assets and Other Liabilities, respectively, on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.

This table provides a summary of the fair value of the Company’s derivative assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 (in thousands):

 

     Asset Derivatives      Liability Derivatives  
     December 31,      December 31,  
      2014      2013          2014              2013      

Fair value

           

Interest Rate Products:

           

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

   $ 7,138       $ 2,442       $ 7,250       $ 2,346   

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments

     —           76         285         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 7,138       $ 2,518       $ 7,535       $ 2,346   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair Value Hedges of Interest Rate Risk

The Company is exposed to changes in the fair value of certain of its fixed-rate assets due to changes in the benchmark interest rate, LIBOR. Interest rate swaps designated as fair value hedges involve making fixed-rate payments to a counterparty in exchange for the Company receiving variable-rate payments over the life of the agreements without the exchange of the underlying notional amount. As of December 31, 2014, the Company had one interest rate swap with a notional amount of $6.7 million that was designated as a fair value hedge of interest rate risk associated with the Company’s fixed rate loan assets.

Non-designated Hedges

The remainder of the Company’s derivatives are not designated in qualifying hedging relationships. Derivatives not designated as hedges are not speculative and result from a service the Company provides to certain customers, which the Company implemented in 2010. The Company executes interest rate swaps with commercial banking customers to facilitate their respective risk management strategies. Those interest rate swaps are simultaneously offset by interest rate swaps that the Company executes with a third party, such that the Company minimizes its net risk exposure resulting from such transactions. As the interest rate swaps associated with this program do not meet the strict hedge accounting requirements, changes in the fair value of both the customer swaps and the offsetting swaps are recognized directly in earnings. As of December 31, 2014, the Company had 30 interest rate swaps with an aggregate notional amount of $382.8 million related to this program. During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company recognized net losses of $207 thousand and net gains of $217 thousand, respectively, related to changes in the fair value of these swaps.

Designated Hedges

For derivatives designated and that qualify as fair value hedges, the gain or loss on the derivative as well as the offsetting loss or gain on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk are recognized in earnings. The Company includes the gain or loss on the hedged items in the same line item as the offsetting loss or gain on the related derivatives. During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company recognized net losses of $27 thousand and net gains of $2 thousand, respectively, in other noninterest expense related to hedge ineffectiveness.

 

100


Table of Contents

Effect of Derivative Instruments on the Income Statement

This table provides a summary of the amount of gain or loss recognized in other noninterest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income related to the Company’s derivative asset and liability as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 (in thousands):

 

     Amount of Gain (Loss) Recognized
For the Year Ended
 
     December 31,  
         2014             2013      

Interest Rate Products

    

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

   $ (207   $   217   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (207   $ 217   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest Rate Products

    

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments

    

Fair value adjustments on derivatives

   $ (361   $ 76   

Fair value adjustments on hedged items

     334        (74
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (27   $ 2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Credit-risk-related Contingent Features

The Company has agreements with certain of its derivative counterparties that contain a provision where if the Company defaults on any of its indebtedness, including default where repayment of the indebtedness has not been accelerated by the lender, then the Company could also be declared in default on its derivative obligations.

As of December 31, 2014 the termination value of derivatives in a net liability position, which includes accrued interest, related to these agreements was $675 thousand. The Company has minimum collateral posting thresholds with certain of its derivative counterparties and has not yet reached its minimum collateral posting threshold under these agreements. If the Company had breached any of these provisions at December 31, 2014, it could have been required to settle its obligations under the agreements at the termination value.

18.  DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The following table presents information about the Company’s assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2014, and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation techniques utilized by the Company to determine such fair value.

Fair values determined by Level 1 inputs utilize quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities that the Company has the ability to access. Fair values determined by Level 2 inputs utilize inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. Level 2 inputs include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, and inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability, such as interest rates and yield curves that are observable at commonly quoted intervals. Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability, and include situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability. In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the hierarchy. In such cases, the fair value is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety.

 

101


Table of Contents

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 (in thousands):

 

             Fair Value Measurement at Reporting Date Using  

Description

   December 31,
2014
     Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets (Level 1)
     Significant Other
Observable
Inputs (Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)
 

Assets

           

U.S. Treasury

   $ 400       $ 400       $ —         $ —     

U.S. Agencies

     1,315         —           1,315         —     

Mortgage-backed

     —           —           —           —     

State and political subdivisions

     7,381         —           7,381         —     

Trading—other

     18,107         18,106         1         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trading securities

     27,203         18,506         8,697         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury

     519,460         519,460         —           —     

U.S. Agencies

     990,689         —           990,689         —     

Mortgage-backed

     3,277,604         —           3,277,604         —     

State and political subdivisions

     2,001,357         —           2,001,357         —     

Corporates

     122,826         122,826         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Available for sale securities

     6,911,936         642,286         6,269,650         —     

Company-owned life insurance

     26,886         —           26,886         —     

Derivatives

     7,138         —           7,138         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,973,163       $ 660,792       $ 6,312,371       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Deferred compensation

   $ 26,885       $ 26,885       $ —         $ —     

Contingent consideration liability

     53,411         —           —           53,411   

Derivatives

     7,535         —           7,535         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 87,831       $ 26,885       $ 7,535       $ 53,411   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

102


Table of Contents
             Fair Value Measurement at Reporting Date Using  

Description

   December 31,
2013
     Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets (Level 1)
     Significant Other
Observable
Inputs (Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)
 

Assets

           

U.S. Treasury

   $ 400       $ 400       $ —         $ —     

U.S. Agencies

     —           —           —           —     

Mortgage-backed

     515         —           515         —     

State and political subdivisions

     3,072         —           3,072         —     

Trading—other

     24,477         24,477         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trading securities

     28,464         24,877         3,587         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury

     110,200         110,200         —           —     

U.S. Agencies

     1,257,663         —           1,257,663         —     

Mortgage-backed

     2,944,566         —           2,944,566         —     

State and political subdivisions

     1,995,246         —           1,995,246         —     

Corporates

     454,736         454,736         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Available for sale securities

     6,762,411         564,936         6,197,475         —     

Company-owned life insurance

     19,619         —           19,619         —     

Derivatives

     2,518         —           2,518         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,813,012       $ 589,813       $ 6,223,199       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Deferred compensation

   $ 19,825       $ 19,825       $ —         $ —     

Contingent consideration liability

     46,201         —           —           46,201   

Derivatives

     2,346         —           2,346         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 68,372       $ 19,825       $ 2,346       $ 46,201   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table reconciles the beginning and ending fair value of balances of the contingent consideration liability:

 

     December 31,  
     2014     2013  

Beginning balance

   $ 46,201      $ 51,163   

Contingency reserve

     14,272        —     

Payment of contingent consideration on acquisitions

     (13,725     (16,172

Income from fair value adjustments

     —          (138

Expense from fair value adjustments

     6,663        11,348   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 53,411      $ 46,201   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company recorded contingency reserve expense of $20.3 million in its Consolidated Statements of Income related to the resolution of the PCM dispute. On June 30, 2014, the Company made a payment of $6.0 million, reducing the remaining contingency reserve to $14.3 million. The settlement agreement amends the original asset purchase agreement dated June 27, 2010, and subsequent to the settlement, the remaining contingency reserve liability has been included in the table above as additional contingent consideration recorded at fair value. Fair value adjustments made subsequent to settlement are included in the table above as expense from fair value adjustments.

 

103


Table of Contents

The following table presents certain quantitative information about the significant unobservable input used in the fair value measurement for the contingent consideration liability measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3):

 

Description

 

Valuation Techniques

 

Significant

Unobservable Inputs

  Range  

Liabilities

     

Contingent consideration liability

  Discounted cash flows   Revenue and expense growth percentage     1% - 102%   

An increase in the revenue growth percentage may result in a significantly higher estimated fair value of the contingent consideration liability. Alternatively, a decrease in the revenue growth percentage may result in a significantly lower estimated fair value of the contingent consideration liability.

Valuation methods for instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments measured on a recurring basis:

Securities Available for Sale and Investment Securities    Fair values are based on quoted market prices or dealer quotes, if available. If a quoted market price is not available, fair value is estimated using quoted market prices for similar securities. Prices are provided by third-party pricing services and are based on observable market inputs. On an annual basis, the Company compares a sample of these prices to other independent sources for the same securities. Additionally, throughout the year if securities are sold, comparisons are made between the pricing services prices and the market prices at which the securities were sold. Variances are analyzed, and, if appropriate, additional research is conducted with the third-party pricing services. Based on this research, the pricing services may affirm or revise their quoted price. No significant adjustments have been made to the prices provided by the pricing services. The pricing services also provide documentation on an ongoing basis that includes reference data, inputs and methodology by asset class, which is reviewed to ensure that security placement within the fair value hierarchy is appropriate.

Trading Securities    Fair values for trading securities (including financial futures), are based on quoted market prices where available. If quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on quoted market prices for similar securities.

Company-owned Life Insurance    Fair values are based on quoted market prices or dealer quotes with adjustments for dividends, capital gains, and administrative charges.

Derivatives    Fair values are determined using valuation techniques including discounted cash flow analysis on the expected cash flows of each derivative. This analysis reflects the contractual terms of the derivatives, including the period to maturity, and uses observable market-based inputs, including interest rate curves, foreign exchange rates, and implied volatilities. The Company incorporates credit valuation adjustments to appropriately reflect both its own nonperformance risk and the respective counterparty’s nonperformance risk in the fair value measurements. In adjusting the fair value of its derivative contracts for the effect of nonperformance risk, the Company has considered the impact of netting and any applicable credit enhancements, such as collateral postings, thresholds, mutual puts, and guarantees.

Deferred Compensation    Fair values are based on quoted market prices or dealer quotes.

Contingent Consideration    The fair value of contingent consideration liabilities are derived from a discounted cash flow model of future contingent payments. The valuation of these liabilities are estimated by a collaborative effort of the Company’s mergers and acquisitions group, business unit management, and the corporate accounting group. These future contingent payments are calculated based on estimates of future

 

104


Table of Contents

income and expense from each acquisition. These estimated cash flows are projected by the business unit management and reviewed by the mergers and acquisitions group. To obtain a current valuation of these projected cash flows, an expected present value technique is utilized to calculate a discount rate. The cash flow projections and discount rates are reviewed quarterly and updated as market conditions necessitate. Potential valuation adjustments are made as future income and expense projections for each acquisition are made which affect the calculation of the related contingent consideration payment. These adjustments are recorded through noninterest income and expense.

Assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 (in thousands):

 

            Fair Value Measurement at December 31, 2014 Using  

Description

   December 31,
2014
     Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets (Level 1)
     Significant Other
Observable Inputs

(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)
     Total
Gains
Recognized
During the
Twelve
Months
Ended
December 31
 

Impaired loans

   $ 5,122       $     —         $     —         $ 5,122       $ 2,345   

Other real estate owned

     208         —           —           208         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 5,330       $ —         $ —         $ 5,330       $ 2,345   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

            Fair Value Measurement at December 31, 2013 Using  

Description

   December 31,
2013
     Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets (Level 1)
     Significant Other
Observable Inputs

(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)
     Total
(Losses)
Recognized
During the
Twelve
Months
Ended
December 31
 

Impaired loans

   $ 15,496       $     —         $     —         $ 15,496       $ (2,496

Other real estate owned

     329         —           —           329         (125
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 15,825       $ —         $ —         $ 15,825       $ (2,621
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Valuation methods for instruments measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments measured on a non-recurring basis:

Impaired loans    While the overall loan portfolio is not carried at fair value, adjustments are recorded on certain loans to reflect write-downs that are based on the external appraisal value of the underlying collateral. The external appraisals are generally based on recent sales of comparable properties which are then adjusted for the unique characteristics of the property being valued. In the case of non-real estate collateral, reliance is placed on a variety of sources, including external estimates of value and judgments based on the experience and expertise of internal specialists within the Company’s property management group and the Company’s credit department. The valuation of the impaired loans is reviewed on a quarterly basis. Because many of these inputs are not observable, the measurements are classified as Level 3.

Other real estate owned    Other real estate owned consists of loan collateral which has been repossessed through foreclosure. This collateral is comprised of commercial and residential real estate and other non-real estate property, including auto, recreational and marine vehicles. Other real estate owned is recorded as held for sale initially at the lower of the loan balance or fair value of the collateral. The initial valuation of the foreclosed property is obtained through an appraisal process similar to the process described in the impaired loans paragraph

 

105


Table of Contents

above. Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are reviewed quarterly and updated periodically, and the assets may be marked down further, reflecting a new cost basis. Fair value measurements may be based upon appraisals, third-party price opinions, or internally developed pricing methods and those measurements are classified as Level 3.

Goodwill    Valuation of goodwill to determine impairment is performed annually, or more frequently if there is an event or circumstance that would indicate impairment may have occurred. The process involves calculations to determine the fair value of each reporting unit on a stand-alone basis. A combination of formulas using current market multiples, based on recent sales of financial institutions within the Company’s geographic marketplace, is used to estimate the fair value of each reporting unit. That fair value is compared to the carrying amount of the reporting unit, including its recorded goodwill. Impairment is considered to have occurred if the fair value of the reporting unit is lower than the carrying amount of the reporting unit. The fair value of the Company’s common stock relative to its computed book value per share is also considered as part of the overall evaluation. These measurements are classified as Level 3.

Fair value disclosures require disclosure of the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities, including those financial assets and financial liabilities that are not measured and reported at fair value on a recurring basis or non-recurring basis. The estimated fair value of the Company’s financial instruments at December, 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows (in millions):

 

     Fair Value Measurement at December 31, 2014 Using  
      Carrying
Amount
     Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets (Level 1)
     Significant Other
Observable
Inputs (Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)
     Total
Estimated
Fair Value
 

FINANCIAL ASSETS

              

Cash and short-term investments

   $ 2,101.8       $ 2,006.3       $ 95.5       $ —         $ 2,101.8   

Securities available for sale

     6,911.9         642.3         6,269.6         —           6,911.9   

Securities held to maturity

     278.1         —           304.1         —           304.1   

Federal Reserve Bank stock and other

     68.5         —           68.5         —           68.5   

Trading securities

     27.2         18.5         8.7         —           27.2   

Loans (exclusive of allowance for loan loss)

     7,466.4         —           7,483.3         —           7,483.3   

Derivatives

     7.1         —           7.1         —           7.1   

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES

              

Demand and savings deposits

     12,353.3         12,353.3         —           —           12,353.3   

Time deposits

     1,263.6         —           1,263.6         —           1,263.6   

Other borrowings

     2,025.1         42.0         1,983.1         —           2,025.1   

Long-term debt

     8.8         —           9.1         —           9.1   

Derivatives

     7.5         —           7.5         —           7.5   

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

              

Commitments to extend credit for loans

                 5.7   

Commercial letters of credit

                 0.2   

Standby letters of credit

                 2.4   

 

106


Table of Contents
     Fair Value Measurement at December 31, 2013 Using  
      Carrying
Amount
     Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets (Level 1)
     Significant Other
Observable
Inputs (Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)
     Total
Estimated
Fair Value
 

FINANCIAL ASSETS

              

Cash and short-term investments

   $ 2,701.5       $ 2,626.3       $ 75.2       $   —         $ 2,701.5   

Securities available for sale

     6,762.4         564.9         6,197.5         —           6,762.4   

Securities held to maturity

     209.8         —           231.5         —           231.5   

Federal Reserve Bank stock and other

     50.5         —           50.5         —           50.5   

Trading securities

     28.5         24.9         3.6         —           28.5   

Loans (exclusive of allowance for loan loss)

     6,521.9         —           6,571.6         —           6,571.6   

Derivatives

     2.5         —           2.5         —           2.5   

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES

              

Demand and savings deposits

     12,191.1         12,191.1         —           —           12,191.1   

Time deposits

     1,449.6         —           1,449.4         —           1,449.4   

Other borrowings

     1,583.3         12.8         1,570.5         —           1,583.3   

Long-term debt

     5.1         —           4.5         —           4.5   

Derivatives

     2.3         —           2.3         —           2.3   

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

              

Commitments to extend credit for loans

                 6.0   

Commercial letters of credit

                 0.1   

Standby letters of credit

                 2.0   

Cash and short-term investments    The carrying amounts of cash and due from banks, federal funds sold and resell agreements are reasonable estimates of their fair values.

Securities Held to Maturity    Fair value of held-to-maturity securities are estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current rates at which similar investments would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities.

Federal Reserve Bank stock and Other    Amount consists of FRB and FHLB stock held by the Bank, PCM equity-method investments, and other miscellaneous investments. The fair value of FRB and FHLB stock is considered to be the carrying value as no readily determinable market exists for these investments because they can only be redeemed with the FRB. The fair value of PCM marketable equity-method investments are based on quoted market prices used to estimate the value of the underlying investment. For non-marketable equity-method investments, the Company’s proportionate share of the income or loss is recognized on a one-quarter lag based on the valuation of the underlying investments.

Loans    Fair values are estimated for portfolios with similar financial characteristics. Loans are segregated by type, such as commercial, real estate, consumer, and credit card. Each loan category is further segmented into fixed and variable interest rate categories. The fair value of loans is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities.

Demand and savings deposits    The fair value of demand deposits and savings accounts is the amount payable on demand at December 31, 2014 and 2013.

 

107


Table of Contents

Time Deposits    The fair value of fixed-maturity certificates of deposit is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the rates that are currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

Other Borrowings    The carrying amounts of federal funds purchased, repurchase agreements and other short-term debt are reasonable estimates of their fair value because of the short-term nature of their maturities.

Long-Term Debt    Rates currently available to the Company for debt with similar terms and remaining maturities are used to estimate fair value of existing debt.

Other Off-Balance Sheet Instruments    The fair value of loan commitments and letters of credit are determined based on the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreement and the present creditworthiness of the counterparties. Neither the fees earned during the year on these instruments nor their fair value at year-end are significant to the Company’s consolidated financial position.

19.  PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

UMB FINANCIAL CORPORATION

 

     December 31  
        2014         2013   

BALANCE SHEETS (in thousands)

     

ASSETS

     

Investment in subsidiaries:

     

Banks

   $ 1,312,575       $ 1,159,098   

Non-banks

     187,329         175,650   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investment in subsidiaries

     1,499,904         1,334,748   

Goodwill on purchased affiliates

     5,011         5,011   

Cash

     80,958         110,932   

Securities available for sale and other

     65,628         61,685   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 1,651,501       $ 1,512,376   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

     

Short-term debt

   $ —         $ —     

Accrued expenses and other

     7,743         6,311   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     7,743         6,311   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

     1,643,758         1,506,065   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 1,651,501       $ 1,512,376   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

108


Table of Contents
     Year Ended December 31  
      2014     2013     2012  

STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (in thousands)

  

   

INCOME

      

Dividends and income received from subsidiary banks

   $ 31,000      $ 54,750      $ 78,000   

Service fees from subsidiaries

     35,206        33,443        27,821   

Other

     2,504        387        1,012   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income

     68,710        88,580        106,833   

EXPENSE

      

Salaries and employee benefits

     33,556        32,223        30,683   

Other

     17,037        9,198        9,428   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expense

     50,593        41,421        40,111   

Income before income taxes and equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries

     18,117        47,159        66,722   

Income tax benefit

     (5,227     (4,307     (4,248
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries

     23,344        51,466        70,970   

Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries:

      

Banks

     94,833        64,674        44,797   

Non-Banks

     2,478        17,825        6,950   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 120,655      $ 133,965      $ 122,717   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

     43,646        (118,228     4,489   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

   $ 164,301      $ 15,737      $ 127,206   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

109


Table of Contents
      Year Ended December 31  
      2014     2013     2012  

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (in thousands)

      

OPERATING ACTIVITIES

      

Net income

   $ 120,655      $ 133,965      $ 122,717   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash used in operating

activities:

      

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries

     (128,311     (137,249     (129,747

Dividends received from subsidiaries

     31,000        —          —     

Net decrease (increase) in trading securities

     6,397        6,181        (11,380

Equity based compensation

     9,661        —          —     

Other

     (9,071     (8,467     (16,812
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     30,331        (5,570     (35,222
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

INVESTING ACTIVITIES

      

Net capital investment in subsidiaries

     (24,200     (156,000     (3,000

Dividends received from subsidiaries

     —          54,750        78,000   

Net capital proceeds (expenditures) for premises and equipment

     154        (406     466   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (24,046     (101,656     75,466   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

FINANCING ACTIVITIES

      

Proceeds from short-term debt

     —          —          —     

Cash dividends paid

     (41,364     (36,168     (33,787

Common stock issuance

     —          231,430        —     

Other

     5,105        15,903        (5,368
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     (36,259     211,165        (39,155
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash

     (29,974     103,939        1,089   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     110,932        6,993        5,904   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 80,958      $ 110,932      $ 6,993   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

110


Table of Contents

20.  SUMMARY OF OPERATING RESULTS BY QUARTER (unaudited) (in thousands except per share data)

 

      Three Months Ended  

2014

   March 31      June 30      Sept 30      Dec 31  

Interest income

   $ 89,047       $ 89,789       $ 90,817       $ 94,218   

Interest expense

     3,602         3,619         3,291         3,304   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income

     85,445         86,170         87,526         90,914   

Provision for loan losses

     4,500         5,000         4,500         3,000   

Noninterest income

     122,964         134,001         126,475         115,248   

Noninterest expense

     172,241         166,511         161,461         166,713   

Income tax expense

     8,255         13,988         12,410         9,509   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 23,413       $ 34,672       $ 35,630       $ 26,940   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

2013

   March 31      June 30      Sept 30      Dec 31  

Interest income

   $ 83,902       $ 86,212       $ 89,096       $ 89,131   

Interest expense

     4,419         3,885         3,551         3,217   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income

     79,483         82,327         85,545         85,914   

Provision for loan losses

     2,000         5,000         6,500         4,000   

Noninterest income

     121,016         113,585         121,625         135,607   

Noninterest expense

     150,378         150,311         153,063         170,426   

Income tax expense

     13,180         10,672         13,175         12,432   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 34,941       $ 29,929       $ 34,432       $ 34,663   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Per Share

2014

   Three Months Ended  
   March 31      June 30      Sept 30      Dec 31  

Net income—basic

   $ 0.52       $ 0.77       $ 0.79       $ 0.60   

Net income—diluted

     0.52         0.76         0.78         0.59   

Dividend

     0.225         0.225         0.225         0.235   

Book value

     33.94         35.21         35.51         36.10   

Per Share

2013

   March 31      June 30      Sept 30      Dec 31  

Net income—basic

   $ 0.88       $ 0.75       $ 0.85       $ 0.78   

Net income—diluted

     0.87         0.74         0.83         0.77   

Dividend

     0.215         0.215         0.215         0.225   

Book value

     31.73         30.20         32.85         33.30   

 

111


Table of Contents
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

 

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Disclosure Controls and Procedures At the end of the period covered by this report on Form 10-K, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have each evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s “Disclosure Controls and Procedures” (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act) and have concluded that the Company’s Disclosure Controls and Procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this report on Form 10-K.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting Management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate “internal control over financial reporting,” as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act. Under the supervision and with the participation of management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, and effected by the Company’s Board of Directors, management and other personnel, an evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting was conducted based on the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission’s Internal Control—Integrated Framework. Because this assessment was conducted to meet the reporting requirements of Section 112 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act (FDICIA), it included controls over the preparation of the schedules equivalent to the basic financial statements in accordance with the instructions for the Consolidated Financial Statements for Bank Holding Companies (Form FR Y-9C).

Based on the evaluation under the framework in Internal Control—Integrated Framework, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have each concluded that internal control over financial reporting was effective at the end of the period covered by this report on Form 10-K. KPMG LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited the financial statements included within this report, has issued an attestation report on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting at the end of the period covered by this report. KPMG’s attestation report is set forth below.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting No change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting occurred that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, such controls during the last quarter of the period covered by this report.

 

112


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of

UMB Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries:

We have audited UMB Financial Corporation and subsidiaries’ (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Because management’s assessment and our audit were conducted to also meet the reporting requirements of Section 112 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act (FDICIA), management’s assessment and our audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting included controls over the preparation of the schedules equivalent to the basic financial statements in accordance with the instructions to the Consolidated Financial Statements for Bank Holding Companies (Form FR Y-9C). A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of December 31, 2014, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for the year then ended, and our report dated February 27, 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Kansas City, Missouri

February 27, 2015

 

113


Table of Contents
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None

PART III

 

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information required by this item relating to executive officers is included in Part I of this Form 10-K (pages 10 through 11) under the caption “Executive Officers of the Registrants.”

The information required by this item regarding Directors is incorporated herein by reference to information to be included under the caption “Proposal #1: Election of Directors” of the Company’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on April 28, 2015 (the 2015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders), which will be provided to shareholders within 120 days of December 31, 2014.

The information required by this item regarding the Audit Committee and the Audit Committee financial experts is incorporated herein by reference to information to be included under the caption “Corporate Governance—Committees of the Board of Directors—Audit Committee” of the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which will be provided to shareholders within 120 days of December 31, 2014.

The information required by this item concerning Section 16(a) beneficial ownership reporting compliance is incorporated herein by reference to information to be included under the caption “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” of the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which will be provided to shareholders within 120 days of December 31, 2014.

The Company has adopted a code of ethics that applies to all directors, officers and employees, including its chief executive officer, chief financial officer and chief accounting officer. You can find the Company’s code of ethics on its website by going to the following address: www.umb.com/aboutumb/investorrelations. The Company will post any amendments to the code of ethics, as well as any waivers that are required to be disclosed, under the rules of either the SEC or NASDAQ. A copy of the code of ethics will be provided, at no charge, to any person requesting same, by written notice sent to the Company’s Corporate Secretary, 6th floor, 1010 Grand Blvd., Kansas City, Missouri 64106.

 

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to information to be included under the Executive Compensation section of the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which will be provided to shareholders within 120 days of December 31, 2014.

 

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s 2015 Proxy Statement to information to be included under the caption “Stock Ownership—Principal Shareholders,” which will be provided to shareholders within 120 days of December 31, 2014.

Security Ownership of Management

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which will be provided to shareholders within 120 days of December 31, 2014, under the caption “Stock Beneficially Owned by Directors and Nominees and Executive Officers.”

 

114


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes shares authorized for issuance under the Company’s equity compensation plans.

 

      Number of securities
to be issued upon
exercise of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
     Weighted
average exercise

price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
     Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under
equity compensation
plan
 

Plan Category

        

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

        

2002 Incentive Stock Option Plan

     258,475       $ 37.47         None   

2005 Long-term Incentive Plan Non-Qualified Stock Options

     1,384,035         44.03         5,346,149   

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

     None         None         None   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     1,642,510       $ 43.00         5,346,149   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the information to be provided under the captions “Corporate Governance—Certain Transactions” and “Corporate Governance—Director Independence” of the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which will be provided to shareholders within 120 days of December 31, 2014.

 

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the information to be provided under the caption “Proposal #2: Ratification of Selection of Independent Public Accountants” of the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which will be provided to shareholders within 120 days of December 31, 2014.

PART IV

 

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

Consolidated Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedules

The following Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company are included in item 8 of this report.

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

Consolidated Statements of Income for the Three Years Ended December 31, 2014

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Three Years Ended December 31, 2014

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Three Years Ended December 31, 2014

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the Three Years Ended December 31, 2014

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Independent Auditors’ Report

Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for the parent company only may be found in item 8 above. All other schedules have been omitted because the required information is presented in the Consolidated Financial Statements or in the notes thereto, the amounts involved are not significant or the required subject matter is not applicable.

 

115


Table of Contents

Exhibits

The following Exhibit Index lists the Exhibits to Form 10-K:

 

    2.1    Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated December 15, 2014, among Marquette Financial Corporation, the Company, and Lakes Merger Sub LLC, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on December 15, 2014.
    3.1    Articles of Incorporation restated as of April 25, 2006. Amended Article III was filed with the Missouri Secretary of State on May 18, 2006 and incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2006 and filed with the Commission on May 9, 2006.
    3.2    Bylaws, amended and restated as of October 28, 2014 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K and filed with the Commission on November 3, 2014.
    4    Description of the Registrant’s common stock in Amendment No. 1 on Form 8 to its General Form for Registration of Securities on Form 10 dated March 5, 1993. The following portions of those documents define some of the rights of the holders of the Registrant’s common stock, par value $1.00 per share: Articles III (authorized shares), X (amendment of the Bylaws) and XI (amendment of the Articles of Incorporation) of the Articles of Incorporation and Articles II (shareholder meetings), Sections 2 (number and classes of directors) and 3 (election and removal of directors) of Article III, Section 1(stock certificates) of Article VII and Section 4 (indemnification) of Article IX of the By-laws. Note: No long-term debt instrument issued by the Registrant exceeds 10% of the consolidated total assets of the Registrant and its subsidiaries. In accordance with paragraph (b) 4 (iii) of Item 601 of Regulation S-K, the Registrant will furnish to the Commission, upon request, copies of long-term debt instruments and related agreements.
  10.1    2002 Incentive Stock Option Plan, amended and restated as of April 22, 2008 incorporated by reference to Appendix B of the Company’s Proxy Statement for the Company’s April 22, 2008 Annual Meeting filed with the Commission on March 17, 2008.
  10.2    UMB Financial Corporation Long-Term Incentive Compensation Plan amended and restated as of April 23, 2013 incorporated by reference to Appendix A of the Company’s Proxy Statement for the Company’s April 23, 2013 Annual Meeting filed with the Commission on March 13, 2013.
  10.3    Deferred Compensation Plan, dated as of April 20, 1995 and incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Company’s Form 10-K filed on March 12, 2003.
  10.4    UMBF 2005 Short-Term Incentive Plan incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Form 10-K for December 31, 2004 and filed with the Commission on March 14, 2005.
  10.5    Stock purchase agreement between the Company and Prairie Capital Management, LLC dated June 27, 2010 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2010 and filed with the Commission on August 4, 2010.
  10.6    Asset purchase agreement between the Company and Reams Asset Management Company, LLC, MME Investments, LLC, Mark M. Egan, David B. McKinney, Hilltop Capital, LLC, Thomas M. Fink, Stephen T. Vincent, Todd C. Thompson, Deanne B. Olson, Daniel P. Spurgeon dated September 1, 2010 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2010 and filed with the Commission on November 4, 2010.
  10.7    Scout Investments Retention and Annual Performance Program incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on December 12, 2012.

 

116


Table of Contents
  10.8    Annual Variable Pay Plan Scout Investments/Leadership, January 1, 2014-December 31, 2014 for Andrew Iseman incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on February 14, 2014.
  10.9    Annual Variable Pay Plan UMB Fund Services/Leadership, January 1, 2014-December 31, 2014 for John Zader incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on February 14, 2014.
  10.10    Settlement Agreement and Release, dated June 30, 2014, among the Company, Prairie Capital Management, LLC, UMB Merchant Banc, LLC, P-Cap Holdings LLC, P-Gen, LLC, Brian N. Kaufman, Robyn R. Schneider, Curtis A. Krizek, George K. Baum Holdings, Inc., and the Plan Committee established pursuant to the related Asset Purchase Agreement, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on July 3, 2014.
  21    Subsidiaries of the Registrant
  23.1    Consent of Independent Auditors—KPMG LLP
  23.2    Consent of Independent Auditors—Deloitte & Touche LLP
  24    Powers of Attorney
  31.1    CEO Certification pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
  31.2    CFO Certification pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
  32.1    CEO Certification pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
  32.2    CFO Certification pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
101.INS    XBRL Instance
101.SCH    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema
101.CAL    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation
101.DEF    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition
101.LAB    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels
101.PRE    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation

 

117


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

UMB FINANCIAL CORPORATION

/s/    J. Mariner Kemper    

J. Mariner Kemper

Chairman of the Board,

Chief Executive Officer

/s/    Brian J. Walker

Brian J. Walker

Chief Financial Officer

Chief Accounting Officer

Date: February 27, 2015

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities on the date indicated.

 

        ROBIN C. BEERY        

Robin C. Beery

 

Director

 

        NANCY K. BUESE        

Nancy K. Buese

  Director

        PETER J. DESILVA        

Peter J. deSilva

 

Director,

President, and

Chief Operating Officer

 

        TERRENCE P. DUNN        

Terrence P. Dunn

  Director

        KEVIN C. GALLAGHER        

Kevin C. Gallagher

 

Director

 

        GREGORY M. GRAVES        

Gregory M. Graves

  Director

        ALEXANDER C. KEMPER         

Alexander C. Kemper

 

Director

 

        KRIS A. ROBBINS        

Kris A. Robbins

  Director

        THOMAS D. SANDERS        

Thomas D. Sanders

 

Director

 

        L. JOSHUA SOSLAND        

L. Joshua Sosland

  Director

        PAUL UHLMANN III        

Paul Uhlmann III

 

Director

 

        THOMAS J. WOOD III        

Thomas J. Wood III

  Director
   

/S/    J. MARINER KEMPER    

J. Mariner Kemper

Attorney-in-Fact for each director

 

Director,

Chairman of the Board,

Chief Executive Officer

 

118